10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K

(MARK ONE)
(x)	Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Fee Required) For the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013
or
(  )	Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934 For the transition period from _______ to ________
Commission File No. 0-12718
SUPERTEX, INC.
(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its charter)

California		94-2328535
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)		(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
1235 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089
(Address of principal executive offices)
Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code:  (408) 222-8888
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of each class: Common Stock	Name of each exchange on which registered: NASDAQ Global Select Market
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes  o   No  x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes  o   No  x
Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.Yes  x   No  o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (Sec. 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is an accelerated filer (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Check one.    Large accelerated filer o           Accelerated filer x            Non-accelerated filer o            Smaller Reporting Company o
As of September 29, 2012, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, there were  11,607,640 shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding, and the aggregate market value of such shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $176,534,586, based on the closing price reported on the NASDAQ National Market on September 28, 2012. Shares of common stock held by officers, directors and other persons who may be deemed “affiliates” of the Registrant have been excluded from this computation.  This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes. The total number of shares outstanding of the Registrant's common stock as of May 31, 2013, was 11,535,836.
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes  o   No x
Documents Incorporated by Reference:  Part III incorporates by reference portions of the Company's definitive proxy statement for the Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be held on August 16, 2013  (the "Proxy Statement").
Exhibit Index is on Page 79
Total number of pages is  80

SUPERTEX, INC.

ANNUAL REPORT - FORM 10K

Table of Contents

		PART I
			Page
Item	1.	Business……………………………………………………………………………………….	1
Item	1A.	Risk Factors…………………………………………………………………………………...	10
Item	1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments…………………………………………………………………..	14
Item	2.	Properties……………………………………………………………………………………...	14
Item	3.	Legal Proceedings……………………………………………………………………………..	15
Item	4.	Mine Safety Disclosures…...…………………………………………………………………..	15
		PART II
Item	5.	Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities……………………………………………………………………………	16
Item	6.	Selected Financial Data………………………………………………………………………..	18
Item	7.	Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations…	19
Item	7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk…………………………………	34
Item	8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data………………………………………………..	36
Item	9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure…	36
Item	9A.	Controls and Procedures………………………………………………………………………	36
Item	9B.	Other Information……………………………………………………………………………..	38
		PART III
Item	10.	Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance……………………………………	39
Item	11.	Executive Compensation………………………………………………………………………	39
Item	12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters……………………………………………………………………………	39
Item	13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence………………...	41
Item	14.	Principal Accountant Fees and Services……………………………………………………….	41
		PART IV
Item	15.	Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules…………………………………………………..	42
Signatures		………………………………………………………………………………………………….	45

PART I

Item 1.  Business

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements.  These forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates, and projections about our industry, our beliefs, our assumptions, and our goals and objectives.  Words such as "anticipates," "expects," "intends," "plans," "believes," "seeks," and "estimates," and variations of these words and similar expressions, are intended to identify forward-looking statements.  Examples of the kinds of forward-looking statements in this report include statements regarding the following: (1) our expectation that several of our almost 50 new products that have been designed into Medical, LED, and printer applications will generate material sales, that our recently introduced and future new products will be drivers for increased revenue and that our growth strategy relies on our ability to continuously and successfully introduce and market new innovative products that meet our customers’ requirements; (2) our expectation that sales of several recently launched analog switches designed into medical ultrasound systems will begin in the second half of fiscal 2014; (3) our expectation to introduce a greater number of products for the ultrasound market in fiscal 2014 than the eight we introduced in fiscal 2013 and our beliefs that the ultrasound imaging market into which we sell our products continues to have long-term growth prospects and that we will continue to be a major player in that business; (4) our expectation to introduce a significant number of new LED driver products for the solid-state lighting market in fiscal 2014, that this market will continue to increase in fiscal 2014 and,combined with the LED driver products for backlighting, will become a large market during the next few years,  and that shipments of our LED drivers will increase during fiscal 2014 which will drive increases in our overall sales to the LED lighting market; (5) our expectation to leverage our newly-developed high voltage design processes to introduce many new products in our target markets and our expectation to complete many of the approximately 50 products currently under development during fiscal years 2014 and 2015; (6) our belief  that our position as a leading supplier in our targeted markets can only be maintained through continuous investments in research and development; (7) our belief  that we are well positioned to fulfill our wafer manufacturing capacity needs for the near future and that almost all of the current backlog will be shipped in fiscal 2014; (8) our belief  that our patents may have value and that our success depends primarily on the experience, creative skills, technical expertise, and marketing ability of our personnel and our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees, rather than on the ownership of patents; (9) our belief that we will grow quarterly sales to exceed $17.6 million by the end of fiscal 2014 through increases in LED lighting and backlighting, printer drivers and medical ultrasound products; (10) our belief that our deferred tax assets will be utilized; (11) we see significant opportunities with medical ultrasound imaging machine companies in China and Korea for our medical ultrasound products; (12) our expectation that R&D spending in fiscal year 2014 will increase and be between 18% and 22% of net sales; (13) our expectation that our international sales will continue to account for a significant portion of our total sales; (14) our belief that possible third party claims and assessments are unlikely to result in a material adverse impact; (15) our belief  that we will be able to recover our ARS at par value in a future period, that the estimated range of fair value of our ARS is appropriate, that their credit quality is high, that the recent downgrades have had no impact on their fair value and that the auction failures will not materially impact our ability to fund our working capital needs, capital expenditures and other business requirements; (16) our expectation for sales growth during fiscal 2014 from printer head drivers being designed into new printer applications including those used to print on ceramics and fabrics; (17) our expectation to spend approximately $4,000,000 on capital equipment in fiscal 2014; (18) our belief  that we have substantial production capacity in place to handle any projected increase in business in fiscal 2014 and our belief that existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital requirements through the next twelve months; (19) our belief  that the effect of our contractual obligations will be minimal on liquidity and cash flow in future periods; (20) our belief  that our cash exposure to fluctuations on foreign exchange rates is relatively small, thus we do not employ hedging techniques designed to mitigate this foreign currency exposure; (21) our expectation that we will continue to repurchase shares under our repurchase program; and (22) our expectation that we would experience sales growth for printer head drivers used in an

1

OLED market manufacturing application if our customers transition to volume production during 2014.These statements are only predictions, are not guarantees, of future performance, and are subject to risks, uncertainties, and other factors, some of which are beyond our control and are difficult to predict, and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include those described in Item 1A “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this report, as well as the risks (1) that our patents may not have material value and that there may not be a market to cross-license them; (2) that there may be alternative ways for us to maintain our competitive position than through investments in R&D, that these alternatives may cost us less money or be more effective than investments in R&D, that our investments in R&D may not result in new products, and that even if our investments in R&D result in new products, these products may not enable us to maintain our competitive position; (3) that the failures of the auction markets may continue and the government guarantees on our securities may not be as strong as we had thought so that we would incur losses on our ARS; (4) that we will not generate enough cash from operations to meet our cash and working capital requirements through the end of fiscal 2014 especially in light of our stock repurchase program; (5) that wespend more or less on capital acquisitions than anticipated, because we overestimate or underestimate our need for capital acquisition, including due to some natural or man-made disaster; (6) that changes in short-term interest rates are significant enough to affect our investment portfolio; (7) that our customers and potential customers will not design our devices into their products or their products containing our devices will not have the demand we anticipate, or competitors will design products in our niche and drive down our prices and gross margins; (8) that our newly introduced products will not be widely adopted so that they do not generate substantial revenue; (9) that our estimates of trends in our focus markets are inaccurate and in particular that the medical ultrasound opportunities, especially in South Korea and China may not materialize and the use of LEDs in general lighting or backlighting may not expand and our sales of printer head drivers for printing applications may not increase; (10) there may be changes in geographies where our sales occur, changes in tax rates or tax law, or other audit results which cause our tax rate to deviate from our expected rate; and (11) the market for our shares may not have enough volume to enable us to repurchase as many shares as we anticipate or our stock price could increase so that we choose to discontinue repurchases for a time period. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

Supertex, Inc. (“Supertex,” the “Company,” “we,” and “us”) is a producer of high voltage analog and mixed signal semiconductor components.  We design, develop, manufacture, and market integrated circuits (“ICs”), utilizing state-of-the-art high voltage DMOS, HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS analog and mixed signal technologies.  With respect to our DMOS transistor products, we maintain an established application specific position in providing key products for the industrial, telecommunications, instrumentation, medical, and automatic test equipment (“ATE”) industries.  We are also an industry leader in high voltage ICs (HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS), taking advantage of the best features of CMOS, bipolar and DMOS technologies and integrating them into a single chip.  These ICs are used in the medical ultrasound imaging, LED backlighting for monitors and LCD TVs, LED general lighting, telecommunications, printer, flat panel display, industrial and consumer product industries.

We market and sell our products through direct sales personnel, independent sales representatives and distributors in the United States of America and abroad, primarily to original equipment manufacturers of electronic products. Our executive offices are located at 1235 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California, 94089, and our principal manufacturing facilities are located in San Jose, California, and in Hong Kong. We have two design centers, one in our Sunnyvale worldwide headquarters and the other in our wholly owned subsidiary, Supertex, Ltd. in Hong Kong.  Our Hong Kong facility also houses the headquarters of Supertex, Ltd., worldwide logistic and distribution center, and production test facilities. We maintain ten direct field sales offices located in the following areas: Arlington, Texas; Oley, Pennsylvania; the United Kingdom; Germany; Hong Kong, Shanghai & Shenzhen, China; Taiwan; Japan; and South Korea.  Our headquarters’ mailing address is 1235 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California 94089 and the telephone number is (408) 222-8888.  Our website address is www.supertex.com. The content of the website is not incorporated into this Form 10-K.

Products and Markets

Our four target markets for our semiconductor components are medical electronics, lighting and backlighting using

2

light emitting diodes (“LEDs”), printers and devices using electro-luminescent (“EL”) lamps, and telecommunication. Our products are primarily used in medical ultrasound imaging equipment; LED modules for general lighting and for backlighting LCD TVs and computer monitors; large commercial ink-jet printers and EL modules for backlighting cellphone keypads and other LCD displays; and optical micro-electro-mechanical systems ("MEMS") for telecommunications switches.  Our products are basically interface products, interfacing between low voltage logic circuits and high voltage “real world” media and vice versa.  We supply both standard and custom products. The typical gestation period of our new products from introduction through design-in by the customer to volume production is one year, although certain products for medical applications have longer gestation periods. During fiscal 2013, we introduced twenty-two new standard products, the majority of which were aimed at high growth markets such as medical ultrasound imaging and solid-state LED lighting.  We expect our recently introduced devices as well as our future new devices to be drivers for increased revenue as our customers introduce and start volume production of their products containing our devices after designing our devices into their products under development, conducting successful product qualification tests, and obtaining their end customer acceptance. 

We also provide custom processing services for the manufacture of ICs, using customer-owned designs and mask tooling. Under this “custom processing service” or “foundry” arrangement, a tangible product is made and sold, and the Company bears the risk of loss until title is passed on to the customer at the time of shipment from our facility. During fiscal 2013, sales of custom processed products represented approximately 14% of our total revenues compared to 12% and 11% in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Sales of custom processing services are not reported separately but are included within their respective target markets.

The products in our four target markets are described below.

The Medical Electronics Market

We have provided both standard and high-end custom ICs to the ultrasound imaging market for many years and have established key business relationships with leading OEMs.  The products we manufacture for this market include high voltage analog multiplexer switches, pulsers, beam formers, transmit/receive (T/R) switches, low noise amplifiers (“LNA”), high-speed MOSFET drivers and discrete high voltage MOSFETs and arrays.

We are the leading high voltage analog switch/multiplexor and high voltage integrated pulser product provider in this market segment.  In recent years, the overall ultrasound market has been shifting to portable ultrasound imaging units. These high-performance, portable, and affordable medical imaging systems are accelerating the proliferation to other applications in addition to existing cardiology and obstetrics/gynecology applications. Even within these traditional clinical diagnostic segments, cardiology ultrasound imaging is showing an exciting pipeline of technological innovations and strong volume growth. The adoption of ultrasound imaging by new user groups,   surgeons and emergency ward physicians, is also spurring medical ultrasound imaging system market growth. 

Our high voltage expertise affords us a leading position in the ultrasound “transmit” market with MOSFET drivers, high voltage analog switches and multiplexers, high voltage pulsers, and complementary high voltage MOSFET arrays. However, at the request of certain customers, we have designed a low cost, high performance LNA which is targeted for portable ultrasound systems due to its low power consumption and high performance.

We released eight new medical ultrasound products in fiscal 2013, and expect to introduce a greater number of products for the ultrasound imaging market in fiscal 2014 even though they are increasingly more complex.

We believe that the ultrasound imaging market into which we sell our products continues to have long-term growth prospects. The capabilities and performance of the machines that utilize our products continue to improve, allowing them to be used more broadly across a wider spectrum of imaging applications than ever before. Geographically, the market is expanding as well. Traditionally, the United States, Europe and Japan have been the main designers and producers of medical ultrasound machines. While companies in these areas continue to grow and develop new

3

machines, we are also seeing significant advancements from ultrasound machine companies in China and Korea and more opportunities for us from ultrasound machine companies in China and Korea.

Many of our ICs used in medical ultrasound systems are also being designed into non-destructive testing (“NDT”) applications, which is a relatively new and growing market. 

The LED Drivers Market

We offer an extensive line of high-performance LED driver products for the solid-state lighting and backlighting market, ranging from simple, low-cost linear regulators to feature-rich switching regulators configured in buck, boost, buck-boost, and single ended primary inductance converter (“SEPIC”) topologies. As one of the pioneers in the high voltage LED driver IC market, we have established a strong market position.  We have developed many efficient and cost effective products for general lighting in infrastructure, automotive, industrial, and consumer applications, and for backlighting LCD TVs and computer monitors. Our LED drivers can be used in 3D TVs as well. We expect to introduce a significant number of new LED driver products for the solid-state lighting market in fiscal 2014 and we expect this market will continue to increase.

The Printers/EL Drivers Market

We offer the following two product lines:

(1) ICs for driving non-impact printers and plotters which are primarily used in inkjet technologies. Our printer head driver product family is used in ink-jet and electrostatic types of printers and plotters that are mostly high-end products with full glossy color capability, high resolution and high-speed output. Our products are designed into a new line of high speed non-impact printers to print on ceramic tiles and fabrics. In fiscal 2013, we sold ICs that drive printer heads for prototype 3D printers and organic light emitting diode ("OLED") manufacturing equipment.

(2) A family of products for driving EL lamps for backlighting hand-held instruments, such as cell phone keypads, watches, thermostats, monochrome LCD screens and MP3 players. We are one of the key providers of EL drivers for cell phones and watches, and we have a significant share of this market due to our patented inductorless EL driver ICs.  EL is preferred over LED when space, power consumption and uniformity of the display are important features.  

The Telecommunications (“Telecom”) Market

We provide high voltage amplifier ICs to drive optical MEMS for the telecommunications market for use in optical switching applications. Our MEMS driver ICs feature high channel count per chip and are capable of driving output voltages of up to 300 volts.  We also produce high voltage electronic switch ICs that replace typical electromechanical hook switches in telephones, high voltage ICs for use as ring generators, and protection ICs for line cards.

The Industrial/Other Market

This market category primarily represents ICs and DMOS devices we design and manufacture for various industrial and other catch-all applications. Also included in this category are high voltage driver ICs used in ATE and power management. 

Net sales generated from each of these markets is discussed under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in the “Net Sales” section.

As a leading provider of products to these specific markets, we have been able to work very closely with key Tier-1 customers to define new products and identify their future product needs.  Such close collaboration has facilitated our development of a wide range of leading-edge new products and has allowed our customers to quickly develop new and more advanced products for their markets.  While we work with certain Tier-1 customers to design new products, generally such products have broader applications so that they are useful to multiple customers. 

4

In the DMOS transistor technology, we focus on certain specific niches such as very low threshold, low capacitance, and low leakage devices where these features justify a premium and are most suitable for special applications such as medical ultrasound imaging, LED lighting and backlighting, telecommunication, ATE, and hand-held instruments.  These high voltage DMOS transistor products also serve as building blocks and predecessors to a fully integrated solution -- our high voltage ICs.

We operate in one business segment.  Information regarding Supertex, Inc.’s Segment Reporting can be found in Note 13 to the Consolidated Financial Statements.

Research and Development

We incurred expenses of $13,976,000, $14,399,000 and $14,851,000 on research and development activities during fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. Our research and development activities in fiscal 2013 were dedicated to developing new high voltage processes, both internal and with external foundry partners, resulting in a total of twenty-two new standard product introductions. The products introduced in fiscal 2013 were primarily targeted for use in the rapidly growing LED and medical ultrasound industries, although we are also developing new standard products for the printer/EL driver, telecom, and industrial/other markets as well as  some custom products for specific customer applications. As we move forward into fiscal 2014, we expect to continue to leverage our newly-developed high voltage designs and processes to introduce many more new products for these markets, as well as for our other target markets. Currently, there are approximately 50 products in development, many of which are expected to be completed during fiscal years 2014 and 2015, although there is no assurance that all these products will be completed or launched due to market conditions, technical difficulties, or other factors.

Our products, which we strive to make best in class, have experienced very good traction in the marketplace, leading to significant design wins in all our target markets. We believe best in class products are those that provide the best performance at a competitive price, where in the case of LED drivers performance is measured by receiving high input voltage and producing tightly controlled output current. Most of our design wins resulted from close collaboration with the Tier-1 customers in their respective markets and a shorter design and development cycle to support our customers’ needs. We believe that our position as a leading supplier in our targeted markets can only be maintained through continuous investments in research and development. We focus our efforts on designing new products with existing process technologies while also developing new process technologies to be used for future products. We continuously strive to effectively monitor and control our research and development programs in order to obtain improved performance and greater technological achievements at lower costs. Because we have our own wafer fabrication facility (“fab”) with ample capacity and our designers have years of experience in our target markets, we can tailor our processes and circuits to meet customer needs which we can respond to much more expediently and ramp up production. For deep submicron sizes, we use our foundry partners in Asia. We have developed many new products to reduce cost with these foundry partners. 

Manufacturing

Our manufacturing operations include wafer fabrication in San Jose, California; limited proto-type assembly and packaging in Sunnyvale, California; and product testing and quality control in Sunnyvale, California and Hong Kong.  Of our long-lived tangible assets, as further described in Note 13 to our financial statements included in this annual report on Form 10-K,  20% and 19% were located in our Hong Kong facility at the end of fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively, with the remaining balance located in the U.S.  As of the end of fiscal 2013, the carrying value of all our property, plant and equipment located in Hong Kong amounted to $851,000.

We subcontract most of our standard product packaging and some production testing to independent contract assemblers, principally located in Thailand, Malaysia, Philippines and China.  After assembly, packaged units are shipped back to our Hong Kong and Sunnyvale test facilities for final product testing and quality control before shipment to customers.  Although our offshore assemblers have not experienced any serious work stoppages, such as labor strikes, political instability, or epidemics in these countries, serious work stoppages, if they were to occur, could adversely affect our assembly and test operations. We did suffer some production delays and extra expenses

5

to qualify alternate sources due to the serious flooding in Thailand in the third quarter of 2012.Even though we have qualified assemblers in different countries to reduce risk, any prolonged work stoppage or other inability to assemble and test our products would have a material adverse impact on our operating results.  Furthermore, economic risks, such as changes in tariff, currency exchange rates, or freight rates or interruptions in air transportation, could adversely affect our operating results.  We also maintain a specialized assembly area at our Sunnyvale manufacturing facilities to package engineering proto-types to ensure high priority on-time deliveries and to assemble high reliability circuits required in military and other high reliability applications.

We believe that we are well positioned to fulfill our wafer manufacturing capacity needs for the near future because currently in our first quarter of fiscal 2014 our fab is running at about fifty percent utilization and we are able to expand capacity through working extra shifts and hiring of additional manufacturing staff. We try to optimize and maintain an inventory balance based on current sales level and forecast of future demand. An amount for tactical inventory is kept in our die bank warehouse to reduce lead time in fulfilling expected, as well as unforecasted, customer orders. In addition, we carry as inventory on our balance sheet products which we own that are stored at customer hubs.Inventory held and owned by our distributors for resale to end customers is also carried on our balance sheet,  even though some of that inventory has been paid for by the distributors.

Availability of raw silicon wafers and epitaxial services began to be in tight supply during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 and continued through the third quarter of fiscal 2011, however for the past twenty-seven months supplies have been and are currently adequate. Raw silicon wafers and epitaxial services are currently obtained from multiple sources. The availability of assembly, packaging, and testing services used in the backend of our manufacturing process was also subject to longer lead times during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 but returned to normal lead times in the third quarter of fiscal 2011 and services remained adequatethrough the second quarter of fiscal 2012. However, due to the flooding in Thailand in  the third quarter of fiscal 2012, one of our Thai contract manufacturers wasshut down, causing shipment delays in several of our products. By the end of fiscal 2012, we had qualified other contract manufacturers. Therefore, we experienced no shipment delays in fiscal 2013. Availability of assembly, packaging and testing services is single sourced for certain low volume products, and for the high volume runners, they are usually dual sourced. 

Environmental Laws

Government regulations impose various environmental controls on the waste treatment and discharge of certain chemicals and gases after their use in semiconductor manufacturing. We believe that our activities substantially comply with present environmental regulations.  However, increasing attention has been focused on the environmental impact of semiconductor manufacturing operations.  While we have not experienced any material adverse effects on our business or financial results from our compliance with environmental regulations and installation of pollution control equipment, there can be no assurance that changes in such regulations, such as the passing of California Assembly Bill 32,  “Global Warming Solutions Act,”will not necessitate our acquisition of costly equipment or compliance with other requirements in the future.  We work closely with pollution experts from federal, state, and local agencies, especially from the cities of Sunnyvale and San Jose, California, to help us comply with current requirements.

Marketing and Sales

We market our standard and custom products in the United States and abroad through our direct sales and marketing personnel in our Sunnyvale headquarters and Hong Kong facility, as well as through independent sales representatives and distributors supported by our field sales managers and application engineers out of our sales offices in: Texas; Pennsylvania; the United Kingdom; Germany; Hong Kong, Shanghai & Shenzhen, China; Japan; Taiwan and South Korea.  

Our marketing organization also helps us create and satisfy customer demand and manages the strategic and tactical marketing plan.  Strategic marketing encompasses analyzing current market conditions, anticipating market demands, and gathering competitive information to expeditiously act on future opportunities. We maintain strategic

6

marketing activities in order to keep pace with future customer requirements and technology advancements to stay abreast of competition. As a leading provider of products to various specific markets, we have the advantage of working very closely with key Tier-1 customers so that we can identify their future product needs and develop our new products accordingly to satisfy these needs.  Such close collaboration has facilitated our development of a wide range of leading-edge new products and has allowed our customers to quickly develop new and more advanced products for their markets.  Tactical marketing focuses on customer fulfillment for requests of literature, samples and applications assistance, as well as generating quotes for pricing. We are gradually shifting our efforts towards stronger standard product lines although we still entertain certain custom projects for which we see good potential.

“Net sales” is defined as the sum of our direct sales to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”) and our distributors’ resale of our products valued at the price we charge to distributors.  We recognize revenue from direct product sales to end customers upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is upon shipment of the product, provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.  For sales to OEMs, we use either a binding purchase order or signed agreement as evidence of an arrangement.  For those customers who have a hub arrangement, we recognize sales when our products are drawn from the hub to the customer’s manufacturing facility or to its assembly subcontractor’s manufacturing facility. Sales through our distributors are evidenced by a binding purchase order on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  Because of the uncertainty associated with pricing concessions and possible returns, with the exception of certain products, we defer the recognition of such sales and the related costs of sales until our distributors have sold the merchandise to their end customers.  Our distributors provide us an inventory balance report at the end of each period, which allows us to determine products sold to their end customers. Notwithstanding the timing of their sales of our products, our distributors are obligated to pay us according to our regular payment terms.

A significant portion of our sales is to a small number of customers.  We estimate that our OEM customer, General Electric Company, accounted for 12%,  11% and 12% of our net sales from both direct and indirect channels for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Sales to a distributor customer, YEL Electronics, accounted for 11% of our net sales for fiscal year 2013.  No other direct or indirect customers accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

International sales represented 70%, 65% and71% of net sales in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively, and are made primarily through independent distributors to customers in Europe and Asia. Sales are attributed to a geographic area based on destination locations as opposed to customer headquarters. International sales are denominated only in U.S. dollars.  Although export sales are subject to certain governmental commodity controls and restrictions for national security purposes, we have not had any material adverse effects on our business or financial results because of these limitations.

Seasonality

In previous years our medical ultrasound market has been seasonally weaker in the second half of our fiscal year.  For example, in five of the past six fiscal years, we experienced relatively higher sales to the medical electronics market during the first half of our fiscal year, with either the first or the second fiscal quarter being the highest quarter of our fiscal year.  This is largely attributable to the effect of increased demand for our customers’ products in their December quarter as they typically take about 90 days to build a new medical ultrasound machine. This seasonality effect during fiscal 2010 was nullified due to the economic recovery during the second half of fiscal 2010. The historical seasonality pattern returned in fiscal 2011 and continued through fiscal 2013.

Backlog

Our backlog as ofMarch 30, 2013was approximately$15,568,000 compared with $16,205,000 and $15,162,000 at March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, respectively.  We expect that almost all of the current backlog will be shipped in fiscal 2014.  However, customers may cancel or reschedule orders without significant penalty, and the price of a  product issometimes adjusted between the time the purchase order is booked into backlog and the time the product

7

is shipped to the customer.  In addition, the orders contained in our backlog may cover periods of various lengths. For these reasons, we believe that backlog may not be meaningful in predicting our actual net sales for any future period.

Competition

In general, competition among suppliers of semiconductor components is intense, especially in the analog sector where the gross margins are traditionally much higher, including products for the medical electronics, imaging, telecom, LED lighting, and industrial/other markets we primarily serve.  In general, we face different competitors in different markets or for different products. We compete with several larger analog semiconductor companies with far greater resources although we believe we have defended our market-leading positions successfully for many years. For example, we compete with Maxim, Hitachi and Texas Instruments in the medical electronics market; we compete with Rogers Durel and Micrel in the EL market; and we compete with Texas Instruments, Cirrus Logic, Power Integrations, NXP, O2 Micro, and other Asian suppliers in the LED lighting and backlighting market. In addition, we may compete with some of our own customers which have in-house semiconductor design capabilities and may develop and in-source products to replace those that we currently sell them as did Samsung in fiscal 2011 for our LED drivers for backlighting their LED TVs.

Our products are generally not sold pursuant to long term contracts, enabling our customers to switch suppliers if they choose, making us more vulnerable to competitors. Competition in the industry is based primarily upon factors such as product prices, product performance, product line diversity, delivery capabilities, customer relationships and the ability to adapt to rapid technological change in the development of new and improved products.  The weighing of these factors varies depending on the specific needs of a customer at any given point in time. We believe we are competitive with respect to these factors. However, market statistics are not generally available for many of our products. Many of our domestic and foreign competitors have larger facilities, more financial, technical, and human resources, and more diverse product lines.

Among our competitive advantages and core competencies are the following: (1) high voltage analog and mixed signal circuit design and device intellectual property; (2) high voltage DMOS, HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS wafer fabrication (“fab”) processes that are high yielding and low cost and do not require our fab to have the latest submicron feature sizes; (3) owning and operating our own fab to protect our IP; and (4) having long-term close working relationships with our key customers.   We capitalize on our leadership position in the niche markets we focus on by working very closely with our customers to help them with next generation products, thereby achieving design-wins in order to maintain or grow market-share in our target markets. We compete primarily on the basis of product innovation and responsiveness to changing needs of customers, including both product specifications and delivery requirements. In short, we strive to be the technology enablers for our customers.

Patents and Licenses

We hold forty-seven United States patents which will expire between 2015 and 2031, and we have additional United States patent applications pending. Although we believe that our patents may have value, there can be no assurance that our current patents or any additional patents that we may obtain in the future will provide meaningful protection from competition.  We believe that our success depends primarily on the experience, creative skills, technical expertise, and marketing ability of our personnel rather than on the ownership of patents.  Patents may, however, be useful for cross-license purposes and have served us well in the past.

We are not aware of any of our products infringing on any valid patent or other proprietary rights of third parties but we cannot be certain that they do not.  If infringement would be alleged, there is no assurance that the necessary licenses could be obtained, or if obtained, would be on terms or conditions that would not have a material adverse effect on the Company.

Employees

As of March 30, 2013, we had 330 full time employees primarily located in Northern California and Hong Kong. 

8

Many of our employees are highly skilled, and we believe our continued growth and success will depend in part on our ability to attract and retain such employees.  At times, like other semiconductor manufacturers, we experience difficulty in hiring and retaining sufficient numbers of skilled personnel, especially experienced analog integrated circuit designers.  Engineers with analog circuit experience and training are scarcer than experienced digital engineers.  Analog and mixed-signal expertise tends to be learned over time based on experience and on-the-job-training, whereas digital expertise is relatively easier to learn and is extensively taught in universities due to its overall market size.  Engineers with high voltage analog circuit experience are even scarcer.  We often recruit top college graduates directly from universities and train them ourselves.

We believe that the compensation, benefits, and incentives offered to our employees are competitive with those generally offered throughout the semiconductor industry.  There are no collective bargaining agreements between our employees and us, and there has been no work stoppage due to labor difficulties.  We consider our employee relations to be good.

Executive Officers of the Company

Name	Position with the Company	Age	Officer Since
Henry C. Pao	President and Chief Executive Officer	75	1976
Benedict C. K. Choy	Senior Vice President, Technology Development	67	1976
William P. Ingram	Vice President, Wafer Fab Operations	65	1999
Michael Lee	Vice President, I.C. Design and Acting Vice President, Marketing	58	1999
William Petersen	Vice President, Worldwide Sales	60	2001
Michael Tsang	Vice President, Standard Products	54	2006
Phillip A. Kagel	Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer	63	2006

Officers are appointed by and serve at the discretion of the Board of Directors.  There are no family relationships between any directors or executive officers of the Company.

Henry C. Pao is a founder of Supertex and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer and as a Director since the Company's formation in fiscal 1976.  He also served as Chief Financial Officer until October 2006. Previously, he worked at Fairchild Semiconductor, Raytheon, Sperry Rand and IBM.  He has B.S., M.S., and Ph.D. degrees in Electrical Engineering from the University of Illinois at Champaign-Urbana. 

Benedict C. K. Choy, a founder of the Company, joined Supertex in fiscal 1976 as Vice President, Device Technology and Process Development, and has been serving as Senior Vice President since February 1988. Previously, he worked at Fairchild Semiconductor, National Semiconductor, and Raytheon.  He has a B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the University of California, Berkeley. Mr. Choy was a member of the board of directors from 1986 through August 20, 2004. In January 19, 2006, he was reappointed by the board as a member of the board of directors of the Company to fill a vacated position and has served since.

William P. Ingram joined Supertex in April 1995 as its Director of Wafer Fab Operations. Prior to joining Supertex, he was Vice President of Technology Development at Crosspoint Solutions, before which he held management positions at Fairchild and National Semiconductor. He began his career at National Semiconductor after receiving his B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering with honors from North Carolina State University.

Michael Lee re-joined Supertex in October 1993 as Director of I.C. Design and was promoted to Vice President of I.C. Design in 1999. In November of 2012 he assumed the duties of Acting VP, Marketing in addition to his role as VP, I.C. Design. Before 1999, he had a combined total of fifteen years of industry experience in I.C. Design. Mr. Lee began his career at Supertex in 1978 after receiving his M.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from the

9

University of California, Berkeley.

William Petersen first joined Supertex in 1984 as Sales Manager for the Central Region of the United States.  From 1990 through 1994, he was the Company's National Sales Manager, overseeing sales operations throughout the United States.  Mr. Petersen re-joined Supertex in September 1999 as Director of Sales.  He was promoted to Vice President of Worldwide Sales in April 2001.  Prior to working at Supertex, he worked at Siemens as Central Area Manager from 1980-1984.  Mr. Petersen attended the University of Iowa.

Michael Tsangjoined Supertex in 1995 as a Product Engineer. He was promoted to Product Engineering Director in 2000, and to Vice President, Standard Products in January 2006, and to Vice President, Operations and Product Engineering in May 2011. Prior to joining Supertex, he held positions in Process Engineering, Product Marketing Engineering, and Device Engineering at Siliconix. He holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Electrical Engineering from California State University, San Jose and an MBA from University of Southern California, Marshall School of Business.

Phillip A. Kagel joined Supertex in October, 2006 as Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer. Previously, beginning in April, 2005, he consulted for Supertex on financial and accounting matters, with his engagement converting to full-time beginning in April, 2006, it being part-time initially so that he could consult for other companies as well. He was Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Ultra Clean Holdings from August, 2004 to March, 2005 and Senior Vice President of Finance and Chief Financial Officer of Sipex from February, 2003 to April, 2004. In addition, he consulted at Riverstone Networks, Inc. from April, 2004 to July, 2004 and he held the positions of Vice President, Controller and Vice President of Global Tax at Solectron from August, 1997 to November, 2002. He is a CMA and holds a Bachelor of Science degree in Mathematics from Brigham Young University and an MBA from the University of Missouri.

Available Information

We file electronically with the SEC our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments, if any, to those reports pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.The Company makes available free of charge on or through its Internet website at its internet address www.supertex.com copies of these reports as soon as reasonably practicable after filing or furnishing the information to the SEC; however the information in, or that can be accessed through, our website is not part of this annual report on Form 10-K. Copies of such documents also may be requested by contacting the Company’s Investor Relations department at (408) 222-4295.  

Item 1A.  Risk Factors

The following are certain risk factors that could affect our business, financial results and results of operations.  These risk factors should be considered in connection with evaluating the forward-looking statements contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K because these factors could cause the actual results and conditions to differ materially from those projected in the forward-looking statements.  Investing in our common stock involves risks, including those described below.  These risks are not the only ones that we face.  If any of the risks actually occur, our business, financial condition or results of operations could be negatively affected.  In that case, the trading price of our common stock could decline materially and you could lose a corresponding portion of your investment, although we believe a substantial portion of our current stock price is based upon our cash position.

Factors Which May Affect Operating Results

Semiconductor companies as a group are subject to many similar risks.  These include the risks that (1) the demand for semiconductors decreases, as the industry has historically been very cyclical; (2) there are shortages of raw materials and/or assembly, packaging and fab capacity; or (3) there are changes in underlying circuit or process technology or fab technology. Other factors that could affect our future results include whether we can generate

10

new bookings from both new and current products; general economic conditions, both in the United States and foreign markets, and economic conditions specific to the semiconductor industry; risks associated with customer concentration; our ability to introduce new products, to enhance existing products, and to meet the continually changing requirements of our customers; our ability to maintain and enhance relationships with our assembly and test subcontractors and independent distributors and sales representatives; and whether we can manufacture efficiently and control costs. In addition, we are subject to the risks described below, which are specific to our business:

The semiconductor industry is historically cyclical and subject to significant volatility. Severe global economic downturns can cause substantial reduction in demand for our products, thereby adversely affecting our financial results. We are subject to continued fluctuations which could affect future revenues, profit and cash. Many factors affect demand for our products, including credit availability, rising interest rates, consumer spending pricing levels, and costs of materials.

We have focused our product offerings primarily on niche markets which leverage our capabilities and in which we believe we have dominance because we are a technology enabler for our customers.  We generally choose markets which are sizable enough to be worth pursuing but which are not large enough to attract fierce competition.  These markets could grow sufficiently to attract increased competition or else competitors could enter due to happenstance or downturns elsewhere.  One of our growth markets is driver ICs for LED lighting and backlighting, which has begun to grow and is expected to become a large market during the next few years and is attracting severe competition. In addition, our niche markets might be more susceptible to shrinkage than more diverse markets due to their concentration on a few product offerings.

We work with our customers to develop products that they will design into their systems.  Even if we do achieve a design win, the customer’s system may never go into volume production due to various reasons or the production volume may be smaller than we had anticipated.  Although we attempt to develop products which will be useful for multiple customers, we may misjudge the market and develop a product which maybe useful for only a very few customers.

A significant portion of our sales are from a small number of customers and the loss of one of these customers or failure to collect a receivable from them could adversely affect our operations and financial position. We do not have a long-term distributorship agreement with any of our distributors. Normal terms and conditions of sale apply, which include a 60-day notice of cancellation and charges for work-in-process for cancellations less than 60 days from shipment.  While we have maintained a good relationship with our significant customers and distributors, deterioration in that relationship could materially and adversely affect our business and financial results. We estimate that the total sales, direct and through distributors, to General Electric Company accounted for approximately 12%,11%  and 12% of our net sales for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, respectively.Sales to a distributor customer, YEL Electronics, a division of Avnet Electronics, a major U.S. distributor, accounted for 11% of our net sales for fiscal year ended March 30, 2013.

We have several competitors that are substantially larger and could bring to bear substantially more resources than we have in our niche markets.  We have been able to maintain profitable margins in part because of our dominance in most of our niche markets.  Increased competition could cause our margins to decrease. In addition, certain of our own customers have in-house semiconductor design capabilities and may develop and in-source products to replace those that we currently sell them as did Samsung in fiscal 2011 for our LED drivers for backlighting their LED TVs.

We sell a substantial amount of our products internationally. International sales represent 70%, 65% and 71% of total net sales, for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively,  although many of our international sales are to customers with U.S. headquarters who use offshore facilities and/or contract assemblers.  We expect

11

our international sales to continue to account for a significant portion of our total net sales.  We also package and test most of our products abroad.  Problems with foreign economies, political turmoil, wars, epidemics, flood or other natural disasters, fluctuations in currency exchange rate, increased freight costs, interruptions in air transportation, and generally longer receivable collection periods could disrupt our business and increase our operating expenses.

Our gross margins may fluctuate depending on many factors, including but not limited to, our product mix, competitive pricing dynamics, product yields, various manufacturing costs, plant utilization, provisions for excess and obsolete inventory, absorption of manufacturing overhead, product warranties, and returns and allowances.

We are dependent upon one fab which we own and operate.  Were this fab to become unable to meet our needs for causes such asobsolescence due to process technology changes, our ability to produce our products would be adversely affected.  In addition, we could encounter difficulties in operating our fab after an earthquake or any other disaster. 

Our operations may be interrupted and our business would be harmed in the event of an earthquake, terrorist act, and other disasters.  Our principal executive offices, our fab facility, and major suppliers are located in areas that have been subject to severe earthquakes and other natural disasters.  In the event of an earthquake, fire, flood, or other natural or man-made disaster, we and/or our major suppliers may be temporarily unable to continue operations and may suffer significant property damage.  Any such interruption in our ability or that of our major suppliers to continue operations at our facilities could delay the development and shipment of our products.  Like other U.S. companies, our business and operating results are subject to uncertainties arising out of the economic consequences of current and potential military actions or additional terrorist activities and associated political instability, and the impact of heightened security concerns on domestic and international travel and commerce.  Such uncertainties could also lead to delays or cancellations of customer orders, a general decrease in corporate spending or our inability to effectively market and sell our products.  Any of these results could substantially harm our business and results of operations, causing a decrease in our revenues.

We are dependent upon continued innovation by our engineers.  The competition for engineers with relevant experience is extremely intense in the Silicon Valley, where many of our engineers are located.  We must compete in terms of salary, benefits, and working conditions with many start-ups which can offer more equity incentives. We established an IC Design Center in Hong Kong in fiscal 2001 where competition for qualified engineers is not as intense as that in Silicon Valley. However, a majority of our process technologyactivities remains in our Sunnyvale and San Jose facilities. Our innovativeproduct design and applications activities are located in both Sunnyvale and Hong Kong facilities, and some applications activities are in our field offices.

Our success depends upon our ability to protect our intellectual property, including patents, trade secrets, and know-how, and to continue our technological innovation. We cannot assure that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property will be adequate to prevent misappropriation or that others will not develop competitive technologies or products. For some of our old LED driver products, there have been many knock-offs by Asian, American and Russian semiconductor companies. For example, our HV9910 has become so popular that it became a defacto industry standard with over twenty copycats. The failure to obtain necessary licenses or other rights could cause us to lose market share and harm our business. 

· We are dependent upon the continued service of several of our key management and technical personnel.  The loss of the services of one or more of our engineers, executive officers and other key personnel or our inability to recruit replacements for, or to attract, retain and motivate these individuals would be harmful to our business.  We do not have long-term employment contracts with our employees.

12

· We operate a wafer fab in San Jose, California, where we use various chemicals and solvents that are regulated by various government environmental agencies.  We cooperate and work with these agencies to comply with their regulations.  Should we nonetheless inadvertently contaminate the soil or ground water, or should the previous operator of the fab have done so, we may be responsible for significant costs to remediate the situation.As of March 30, 2013, we estimated our asset retirement obligation to be approximately $622,000.

· As required by Section 1502 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 on August 22, 2012, the SEC promulgated new disclosure requirements for manufacturers of products containing certain minerals which are mined from the Democratic Republic of Congo and adjoining countries. These “conflict minerals” are commonly found in metals used in the manufacture of semiconductors. Manufacturers are also required to disclose their efforts to prevent the sourcing of such minerals and metals produced from them. The new disclosure rules take effect for calendar 2013 and require that we file our first report on or before May 31, 2014 and will require us to undertake additional supply chain due diligence to comply. The implementation of these new regulations may involve a material expense on our part and may limit the sourcing and availability of some of the metals used in the manufacture of our products. The regulations may also reduce the number of suppliers who provide conflict-free metals, and may affect our ability to obtain products in sufficient quantities or at competitive prices. Also, some of our customers may elect to disqualify us as a supplier if we are unable to verify that the metals used in our products free of conflict minerals.

· Failure to comply with present or future laws, rules and regulations of any kind that govern our business could result in suspension of all or a portion of production, cessation of all or a portion of operations, or the imposition of significant administrative, civil, or criminal penalties, any of which could harm our business.   For example, two to three years ago, we discovered and voluntarily reported to the U.S. Department of State that we had engaged in certain export-related activities (consisting of having one of our integrated circuits shipped to an assembler in Thailand for assembly, and to our wholly-owned subsidiary in Hong Kong for testing) which inadvertently violated the International Traffic in Arms Regulations ("ITAR") and the Arms Export Control Act. The U.S. Department of State closed the case without fine and without taking further action, while reserving the right to re-open the case if the circumstances warrant, andcautioned us to take actions to strengthen our compliance processes and procedures, which we believe we have done.

· A Director of and President and CEO of the Company, Henry Pao, beneficially owns approximately 8% of our outstanding stock.   Mr. Pao’s extended family, including his brother and their adult siblings, also own a significant number of Company shares.  They and Mr. Pao have no agreement among themselves to act together with respect to the Company or their stockholdings.  However, were they to act in concert, they would be our largest beneficial shareholder and may have the ability to elect one or more directors, to direct management, and to delay or prevent a change in control.

· We are subject to taxation by domestic and foreign taxing authorities.  Our business is subject to the application of multiple and sometimes conflicting tax laws and regulations.  The application of tax laws is subject to legal and factual interpretation, judgment and uncertainty, and tax laws themselves are subject to change.  Consequently, taxing authorities from various jurisdictions may impose tax assessments or judgments against us that could result in a significant change to earnings related to prior periods, and/or a change in our effective income tax rate.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 required us to change or supplement some of our corporate governance and securities disclosure and compliance practices. The SEC and NASDAQ have revised, and continue to revise their regulations and listing standards. These developments may make it more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance, and we may be required to accept reduced coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain coverage. This, in turn, could make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors or qualified executive officers.

13

· We invest our excess cash in marketable securities consisting primarily of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, auction rate securities (“ARS”), government agency bonds, commercial papersand certificates of deposits. As of the end of fiscal year 2013, the ARS we owned had a par value of  $15,050,000.  As of June 11, 2013, this amount has reduced to $2,100,000 through redemptions at par value. Since the fourth fiscal quarter of 2008, the ARS market has experienced failures. The funds associated with securities that experienced failed auctions will not be accessible until a successful auction occurs, a buyer is found outside of the auction process, or the underlying securities have matured or are recalled by the issuer. Since the liquidity for these types of securities remains uncertain, as of March 30, 2013, we classified all of our ARS as long-term assets in our Consolidated Balance Sheet, as our ability to liquidate such securities in the next 12 months is uncertain. We have also recorded a $1,250,000 temporary decline in fair value for these investments, which in accordance with the authoritative guidance, has been recorded in Other Comprehensive Loss. We believe that we will be able to recover these securities at par value in a future period, as they areAaa/AAA (with a watch negative) or AA+/A (with a watch negative) rated and a significant portion of them are collateralized and guaranteed by the United States Department of Education. However, there is no assurance that we will be able to settle these bonds and recover the cash, nor if we do recover the cash, when this may occur. We may have to incur further impairment if the auctions of our securities continue to fail. If the fair value of these investments declines permanently or is otherthan temporarily impaired, we would be required to take an impairment charge which would flow through our income statement as an expense and could cause us to incur a loss for the relevant fiscal period.

Stock option accounting rules require charges to income due to stock compensation associated with options and result in lower reported operating results prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. The additional expenses resulting from the authoritative guidance in stock compensation may negatively impact our future stock price if we continue to utilize broad-based employee stock plans to attract and retain employees or else, if we cease doing so and others do not,  it could result in a competitive disadvantage to us in the employee marketplace. 

· Our stock price is subject to wide fluctuations from many factors such as changing financial market conditions, variations in our quarterly operating results, changes in estimates and recommendations by securities analysts, hedging of our stock and other transactions by investors.

Item 1B.  Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2.  Properties

We lease a building at 71 Vista Montana, San Jose, California, covering approximately 61,700 square feet where our six-inch submicron wafer fabrication and process engineering are located.  In April 2010, we amended the lease term of this facility by extending the term five years to expire in April 2016. We have an option to renew this lease for an additional five years.

We lease a portion of a building located at 10 Sam Chuk Street, San Po Kong, Kowloon, Hong Kong, to house our back-end processing operations including: wafer sort, final test, quality control and assembly logistics as well as our Hong Kong Design Center and our International Sales and Distribution Center.  The original lease for 23,600 square feet and a lease for additional space of 4,500 square feet  werecombined and renewed in  November 2012  This lease covers three years from December 1, 2012 to November 30, 2015. A lease for additional space of 10,000 square feet was renewed in August 2011 and covers three years from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2014. We have an option to renew all three of these Hong Kong leases for an additional three years.

We own our corporate headquarters, a facility of approximately 42,000 square feet on approximately three acres of

14

land at 1235 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, California, which houses the executive offices, sales and marketing, including applications, product and test engineering, R&D, prototype and hi-rel assembly, quality control, production control, corporate finance and administration staff.

We believe that our existing facilities and equipment are well maintained and are in good operating condition.

Item 3.  Legal Proceedings

From time to time we are subject to possible claims or assessments from third parties arising in the normal course of business.  Management has reviewed such possible claims and assessments with legal counsel and believes that it is unlikely that they will result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

15

PART II

Item 5.  Market for Registrant's Common Equity and Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Performance Graph

This chart and graph show the value of a $100 cash investment on the last business day of fiscal year 2008 in (i) the Company’s Common Stock, (ii) the NASDAQ Composite Total Return Index – U.S., and (iii) the NASDAQ Electronic Components Total Return Index.  All values assume reinvestments of all dividends and are calculated as of the last business day of each of our fiscal years. Note that historic stock price performance shown on the graph below is notnecessarily indicative of future stock price performance.

	Fiscal Years
		2008		2009		2010		2011		2012		2013
Nasdaq Stock Market (US only)	$	100.00	$	70.23	$	109.20	$	128.34	$	146.22	$	157.76
Nasdaq Electronic Components Stocks	$	100.00	$	70.03	$	108.75	$	103.79	$	114.27	$	108.83
Supertex, Inc.	$	100.00	$	119.00	$	134.88	$	107.40	$	88.02	$	113.05

16

The information contained in this Item 5 under the heading “Performance Graph” (i) is being furnished and shall not be deemed “filed” for the purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that section, and (ii) shall not be incorporated by reference into any registration statement or other document pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific reference in such filing to this Item 5 Performance Graph information.

Market Information

The following table sets forth the range of high and low closing sale prices reported on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol SUPX for the periods indicated.

		Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012
		High		Low		High		Low
First Quarter	$	20.79	$	17.91	$	22.40	$	20.33
Second Quarter		19.49		15.85		22.52		17.30
Third Quarter		19.26		16.61		20.14		16.64
Fourth Quarter		23.03		17.45		19.40		17.73

On May 31, 2013, the last reported sale price was $22.15 per share.  There were 89  registered holders of record of our common stock as of May 31, 2013. A substantially greater number of holders of our common stock are “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

During fiscal 2013, the Board of Directors declared and paid a special dividend of $1.00 per share of our outstanding common stock, totaling $11,523,000. We did not pay cash dividends in fiscal 2012. 

Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

The following is a summary of share purchase activities by the issuer during the three months ended March 30, 2013. There was no purchase activity by an “affiliated purchaser” as defined in Rule 10b-18(a)(3).

Period	Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)		Average Price Paid per Share	Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)	Maximum Number of Shares that May yet be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs
12/30/12 – 01/26/13	800	$	16.97	800	828,162
01/27/13 – 02/23/13	-			-	828,162
02/24/13 – 03/30/13	-			-	828,162
Total	800	$	16.97	800

________________________________

(1)

Our current share repurchase program, under which we repurchased these 800 shares during the three months ended March 30, 2013, has been in place since 1999.  Although we publicly announced the most recent 1,944,145 share program increase, we are not certain but do not believe we publicly announced this program at its inception, although our financial statements have reflected purchases from time to time under this program. These 800 shares were purchased in open market transactions.

(2)

We adopted a share repurchase program in 1992 authorizing the repurchase of 1,000,000 shares. The board of directors terminated this program in 1999 after 938,000 shares had been repurchased and adopted a share repurchase program authorizing the repurchase of 900,000 shares plus the 62,000 shares authorized for repurchase under the 1992 program whose repurchase had not been affected. As described in footnote (1), we are not certain but do not believe that we publicly announced the inception of the1999 repurchase program. On January 30, 2008, and January 21, 2011, the board of directors amended the 1999 repurchase program to add 1,000,000 and 1,944,145 shares, respectively. The 1999 repurchase program has no expiration date, other than, unless extended, when all of the shares in the program have been repurchased. As of March 30, 2013, there were 828,162 shares remaining in the 1999 repurchase program. Neither this program nor any other repurchase program or plan has expired during the fourth fiscal quarter ended March 30, 2013 nor have we decided to terminate any repurchase plan or program prior to expiration. There are no existing repurchase plans or programs under which we do not intend to make further purchases.

17

We have had share repurchase programs in place since 1992 under which our board of directors authorized us to repurchase an aggregate of 4,844,145 shares.

Since the inception of these repurchase programs in 1992 through March 30, 2013, we have repurchased a total of 4,015,983 shares of the common stock for an aggregate cost of approximately $68,630,000. Upon their repurchase, shares are restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares. As of March 30, 2013,  there were 828,162 shares authorized for future repurchase under our current program.

In January, 2011, our board of directors designated $60 million of our cash, cash equivalents, and investments for a major stock repurchase under our share repurchase programs through the end of fiscal 2013, of which we ended up using approximately $32 million.  Management currently determines whether to repurchase some or all of the remaining 828,162 shares under our current share repurchase program based on factors such as the price of our stock, the dollar volume of transactions in our stock, and whether we learn of material non-public information at a time when we do not have a 10b5-1 program in place which permits us to continue buying shares in the market.

Item 6.  Selected Financial Data

The selected financial information and other data presented below should be read in conjunction with the "Consolidated Financial Statements," "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements," and "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.  We use a 52-53 week fiscal year ending the Saturday nearest March 31.  Fiscal years 2013, 2012, 2011,  and 2009 each consisted of 52 weeks.Fiscal year 2010 consisted of 53 weeks.

(in thousands,		Fiscal Year		Fiscal Year		Fiscal Year		Fiscal Year		Fiscal Year
except per share amounts)		2013		2012		2011		2010		2009
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets	$	196,778	$	207,640	$	220,596	$	205,218	$	190,304
Total liabilities	$	23,425	$	22,348	$	27,677	$	24,842	$	22,728
Statement of Income Data:
Net sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172	$	66,724	$	78,810
Gross profit		29,837		30,680		45,188		32,002		41,879
Income from operations		2,724		3,441		16,143		3,758		13,994
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282	$	5,125	$	12,545
Net income per share:
Basic	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.95	$	0.40	$	0.98
Diluted	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.94	$	0.39	$	0.97
Shares used in per share computation:
Basic		11,716		12,340		12,976		12,912		12,836
Diluted		11,718		12,351		13,030		12,995		12,927

18

Item 7.  Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Overview

We design, develop, manufacture, and market integrated circuits (“ICs”) and application specific discrete DMOS transistors, utilizing state-of-the-art high voltage DMOS, HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS analog and mixed signal technologies.  We are an industry leader in certain high voltage ICs (HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS) which take advantage of the best features of CMOS, bipolar and DMOS technologies and integrate them into a single IC.  These ICs are used for medical ultrasound imaging, LED backlighting for LCD TVs and computer monitors, LED general lighting, telecommunications, printer, flat panel display, industrial and consumer product industries. We also offer custom design and production of application specific ICs as well as custom processing services using customer-owned designs and mask tooling with our process technologies. Our current growth strategy relies on our ability to continuously and successfully introduce and market new innovative products that meet our customers’ requirements.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the "Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements" and "Selected Financial Data" included elsewhere in this Form 10-K and is subject to the forward looking statement disclaimer at the start of Item 1, Business. The following table sets forth items from the Consolidated Statements of Income as a percentage of net sales for the periods indicated:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net sales	100.0	%	100.0	%	100.0	%
Cost of sales	51.1		53.2		45.7
Research and development	22.9		22.0		17.8
Selling, general and administrative	21.5		19.6		17.1
Income from operations	4.5		5.2		19.4
Interest and Other income:
Interest income	2.0		1.5		1.0
Other income, net	1.3		0.6		1.0
Income before provision for income taxes	7.8		7.3		21.4
Provision for income taxes	0.8		0.1		6.6
Net income	7.0	%	7.2	%	14.8	%

We operate in one business segment comprising the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of high voltage semiconductor devices including analog and mixed signal ICs, transistorsand arrays.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations are based upon our Consolidated Financial Statements, which have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Note 1 to the Consolidated Financial Statements describes the significant accounting policies and methods used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. The preparation of these financial statements requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenues and expenses.  Significant estimates in these financial statements include revenue recognition, net realizable value of inventories,  provision for income taxes and tax valuation allowance,and asset impairments. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources.

We consider the accounting policies described below to be our critical accounting policies. Our critical accounting policies are those that both (1) are most important to the portrayal of the financial condition and results of

19

operations and (2) require management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often requiring estimates about matters that are inherently uncertain. These critical accounting policies reflect our significant judgments, assumptions, and estimates used in the preparation of the Consolidated Financial Statements. Our management has discussed the development and selection of these critical accounting policies and estimates with the audit committee of our board of directors and the audit committee has reviewed our disclosures in relation to this report.

Revenue Recognition

We recognize revenue from direct product sales to end-user customers upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is upon shipment of the product provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain, and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured.  For sales to OEMs, we use either a binding purchase order or signed agreement as evidence of an arrangement.  For those customers who have a hub arrangement, we recognize revenue when our products are transferred from the hub to the customer’s manufacturing facility or to its assembly subcontractor’s manufacturing facility. Sales through our distributors are evidenced by binding purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  Because of the uncertainty associated with pricing concessions and possible returns, with the exception of certain non-returnable products, we defer the recognition of revenue to all our distributors, domestic and foreign, and the related costs of sales until our distributors have sold the merchandise to their end customers. 

We also provide custom processing services for ICs in our fab using customer-owned designs and mask tooling.  Under this “custom processing service” arrangement, a tangible product is sold, and we bear the risk of loss until title is passed on to the customer at the time of shipment.  Title to the product under the “custom processing service” arrangement is passed to the customer at the time of shipment. 

From time to time, deferred revenue results from up-front billings to customers under non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) contracts. We recognize revenue from ourNRE contracts upon completion of contract milestones, which corresponds to when we provide the services and/or products.  Revenue is deferred for any amounts received prior to completion of contract milestones,as provided for under current accounting guidance. Some of our NRE contracts include formal customer acceptance provisions in which case, at the end of each period, we determine whether customer acceptance has been obtained for the specific milestone.  If customer acceptance has not been obtained, we defer the recognition of such revenue until customer acceptance is obtained. To date, revenue from NRE contracts has represented an insignificant portion of our total revenue.

Inventory Valuation

Our inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value. They are high technology products which are specialized in nature and subject to rapid technological obsolescence.  Standard manufacturing cost includes materials, labor, and overhead costs including depreciation, and includes factors for estimated production yield and throughput time.  We determine net realizable value of our inventories based on the last selling price, net of selling cost, of our products prior to the balance sheet date.  If there has been no recent sale of a particular product, the expected selling price, net of selling cost is deemed as the net realizable value.  Inventory balances are adjusted to approximate the lower of our standard manufacturing cost or net realizable value. Any adjustment to write down inventory to net realizable value is charged to cost of sales in the period that the adjustment is made.

Additionally, we evaluate our ending inventories for excess quantities and obsolescence at each balance sheet date. This evaluation includes analyses of sales levels by product and projections of future demand during the next 12 months, which may involve a great deal of management judgment.  Inventories on hand in excess of forecasted demand and inventories that we consider obsolete are written down. We make judgments in establishing inventory net book value and do not write down inventory if management believes certain excess or obsolete inventory will be sold within 12 months. In addition, we age our inventory based on start date.  Inventory that has been inactive for more than one year is considered slow moving inventory and is automatically written down and charged to cost

20

of sales, unless overridden by management. Subsequent changes in facts and circumstances do not result in the reduction of the allowance until these inventories are subsequently sold or scrapped.  Any proceeds received will favorably affect gross margin for the period. 

While we have programs whose objective is to minimize the required inventories on hand according to the field sales forecasts and we consider technological obsolescence when adjusting inventory carrying values to market values, it is possible that future demand or market conditions could be less favorable than our projections, in which case additional inventory write-downs may be required and will be reflected in cost of sales in the period the revision is made.

Accounting for Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. We make certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, which arise from timing differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Such deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base, operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Changes in tax rates affect the deferred income tax assets and liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the tax rates are enacted.

Our management must determine the probability that we will be able to utilize our deferred tax assets. If we determine that recovery is unlikely, then a valuation allowance against our deferred tax asset must be recorded by increasing income tax expense. As of March 30, 2013, we believe that our deferred tax assets recorded on our balance sheet will be utilized.  However, should there be a change in our ability to utilize or recover our deferred tax assets, an additional income tax expense would be incurred in the period in which it was determined that the recovery is not probable.

On February 20, 2009, California enacted tax-related economic incentives and tax increases which included an election to apply a single sales factor apportionment formula for most businesses starting in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. For tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2013, California Proposition 39 changes the California default apportionment filing method to the single sales factor method. As a result, we revalued our California deferred tax assets expected to be realized.

The authoritative guidance of income taxes provides guidance on the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. This authoritative guidance also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. This authoritative guidance requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate, and consequently affect our operating results. The reserve amount associated with this authoritative guidance was determined with considerable judgment and estimation, and is continuously monitored by management based on the best information available including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, ongoing tax audits, and other information. During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the liability for uncertain tax positions less accrued interest and penalties decreased from $3,661,000 to $3,160,000. Of the total $3,160,000 of uncertain tax benefits, $2,275,000 represents the amount that if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in any future periods. We cannot conclude on the range of cash payments that will be made within the next twelve months associated with our uncertain tax positions.

Accounting for available-for-sale investments

21

Our available-for-sale portfolio in fiscal 2013 includes municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papers and certificates of deposits.  These securities are reported at fair value. The ARS held by us are primarily backed by pools of student loans anda significant portion of them are collateralized and guaranteed by the United States Department of Education. Until February 2012,all of our ARS were rated by the major independent rating agencies aseither AAA or Aaa.  However, one of our ARS holdings was downgraded by Standard and Poor's (“S&P”)in February 2012 to AA+, then in June 2012 to A with a negative outlook and in May 2013 to A with a watch negative by Fitch. Also in May 2013, the other ARS was downgraded from AAA to AAA with a watch negative by Fitch. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on our investment portfolio of ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model and included a discount factor for illiquidity of the ARS market. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods and contractual terms of the security.  We concluded that the fair value of our ARS was $13,800,000, or 91.7% of their par value of $15,050,000 as of March 30, 2013, and accordingly recorded a temporary impairment of $1,250,000. We review our securities for impairments in accordance with the authoritative guidance and other related guidance issued by theFinancial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) in order to determine the classification of the impairment as “temporary” or “other-than-temporary.” Declines in fair value that are considered other-than-temporary are charged to the Statement of Income and those that are considered temporary are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

The above listing is not intended to be a comprehensive list of all of our accounting policies.  In many cases, the accounting treatment of a particular transaction is specifically dictated by generally accepted accounting principles, with no need for management's judgment in their application. There are also areas in which management's judgment in selecting any available alternative would not produce a materially different result. See our audited consolidated financial statements and notes thereto of this Annual Report on Form 10-K which contain accounting policies and other disclosures required by generally accepted accounting principles.

Recent Developments

We operate in the highly cyclical global semiconductor market, evidenced by fluctuating demand cycles for our products. During the post 2008 recession period, which for us began in the second half of fiscal 2010, our sales increased from $66.7 million in fiscal 2010 to $83.2 million in fiscal 2011, as end user demand increased for medical ultrasound products, telecom optical MEMS drivers and LED drivers for general lighting. Additionally, for many of our products sales increased to support replenishment of distributor and customer inventories.

During fiscal 2012 and 2013 sales decreased to $65.5 million and $61.0 million, respectively. In fiscal 2012 our LCD TV LED backlighting customer began to supply its own needs in-house; we experienced softness in demand in our medical ultrasound products; there were down cycles in telecom optical MEMS drivers and other telecom products; and our customer’s cell phone application using our EL inverters had declining sales. In fiscal 2013 we experienced softness in demand for a significant medical ultrasound custom product and several industrial products stemming from overall market softness and product transitions. Additionally, orders for a high volume military display IC were cut in the second quarter. Mitigating these sales reductions were increases in LED backlighting drivers and a resurgence in demand for telecom optical MEMS drivers.  

During fiscal 2012 and 2013 we launched  almost 50 new products, several of which our customers have designed into Medical, LED and Printer applications that we expect will generate material sales. In part from these new products, we believe we will growsales in LED general and backlighting ICs, Printer drivers and Medical ultrasound products so that our quarterly sales will exceed $17.6 million in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, although no assurance can be given. 

22

In fiscal 2013, our custom processing services sales were $8,811,000, or 14% of net sales, compared to 11% and 12% in fiscal 2012 and 2011, respectively. We have not focused on expanding this portion of our business because its gross profit is generally lowerthan for our products even though it does add to our fab capacity utilization. 

23

Results of Operations

Fiscal 2013 vs. Fiscal 2012

Net Sales

We operate in one business segment comprised of the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of high voltage analog and mixed signal ICs, DMOS transistors and arrays. A breakdown of our total sales to customers in the medical electronics, printer/EL, LED lighting, telecom, and industrial/other markets as well as year-over-year changes are shown below (dollars in thousands): 

	Fiscal Years Ended								Year-Over-Year
Net Sales	March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012				Change
Medical Electronics	$	23,773	39	%	$	26,363	40	%	-10%
Printers/EL		14,168	23	%		16,482	25	%	-14%
Industrial/Other		9,292	15	%		11,801	18	%	-21%
LED Lighting		8,234	14	%		6,624	10	%	24%
Telecom		5,533	9	%		4,265	7	%	30%
Total Net Sales	$	61,000	100	%	$	65,535	100	%	-7%

We have a broad base of customers, which in some cases manufacture end products spanning multiple markets.  As such, the assignment of revenue to the aforementioned markets requires the use of estimates, judgment, and extrapolation.  Actual results may differ from those reported. 

Overall, our sales declined approximately $4.5 million, or 7% due to declines in sales to the medical electronics, printers/EL, and industrial/other markets which were partially offset by increases in sales to the LED lighting and telecom markets.

Our sales to the medical electronics market accounted for 39% of total sales in fiscal 2013 and decreased 10% compared to the prior fiscal year. This sales decrease was primarily due to reduced shipments of a custom product. This reduction was partially offset by increased custom processing services.

In recent years, the overall ultrasound market has been shifting from big console systems to transportable and hand- held ultrasound imaging units, which has driven the ultrasound imaging market growth along with product upgrades for cart-based consoles and large stationary systems.  Because of space and power constraints, there are more requirements for integration, and with our high voltage IC technology we have been among the most qualified to support these requirements. Geographically, the imaging equipment market is expanding very rapidly in China, India and many African countries.  Traditionally, OEMs in the United States, Germany, and Japan have been the main developers and manufacturers of medical ultrasound imaging machines to whom we have sold our products successfully.  Companies in those regions continue to grow and develop new machines although most of them have moved their operations to Asia to reduce cost. Today we see significant opportunities with Chinese and Korean medical ultrasound imaging machine companies. We are expanding our product development activities and product offerings to capitalize on these exciting market growth opportunities.  Through the introduction of our new integrated solutions complemented by our discrete transistor and array building block product offerings, we believe we will continue to be a major player in this business.

We have recently launched several analog switches that are designed into new medical ultrasound systems. We expect sales of these new products to begin in the second half of fiscal 2014.

In fiscal 2013, sales to the printers/EL market, which largely consist of EL inverter ICs, commercial printing ICs, display ICs and custom processing services, decreased 14% compared to the prior year. This reduction is primarily

24

attributable to lower sales of an IC for a military application which declined significantly after the first fiscal quarter of 2013 and due to a softening of demand for several display and EL drivers. Partially offsetting these declines was an increase in sales of drivers for a new printer application used to print on ceramics and fabrics. These drivers can also be used in 3D printing applications. We expect growth in sales for fiscal 2014 from printer head drivers being designed into these and other new printing applications.  

We began shipping printer head drivers into an OLED market manufacturing application in fiscal 2012 and continued supplying ICs for our customers’ prototype equipment in fiscal 2013. If our customers transition to volume production during fiscal 2014, we would have additional growth in sales compared to fiscal 2013. 

Sales to the industrial/other market decreased 21% in fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 primarily due to reduced unit volumes of our ICs and DMOS transistors resulting mainly from competition and our transition from older to newer product versions.  

Sales to the LED lighting market increased 24% compared to the prior fiscal year.  In December, 2012 we began shipping our high voltage LED driver IC for a series of LED TVs. Additionally, unit shipments of our ICs for a high-end monitor nearly doubled with a favorable mix of high end versus low end chips.  We expect shipments of our LED backlighting and general lighting drivers to increase in fiscal 2014 compared to fiscal 2013, which will drive increases in our overall sales to the LED lighting market.

Sales to the telecom market in fiscal 2013 increased 30% compared to the prior fiscal year.  This increase in sales was due to increased shipments of our high voltage driver ICs for optical MEMS applications.

Our current growth strategy relies on our ability to continuously and successfully introduce and market new innovative products that meet our customers’ requirements.

Our principal geographic markets are in Asia, the U.S., and Europe. Sales by geographic regions as well as year-over-year percentage changes were as follows. The sales amounts are based on where we ship our products to, rather than where the customers’ headquarters are located.

	Fiscal Years Ended								Year-Over-Year
Net Sales	March 30, 2013				March 31, 2012				Change
United States	$	18,461	30	%	$	22,942	35	%	(20)	%
China		17,101	28	%		16,189	25	%	6	%
Korea		6,939	11	%		4,045	6	%	72	%
Europe		6,497	11	%		6,494	10	%	0	%
Singapore		6,326	10	%		8,743	13	%	(28)	%
Asia (excl. China, Korea & Singapore)		5,253	9	%		6,805	10	%	(23)	%
Other		423	1	%		317	1	%	33	%
Total Net Sales	$	61,000	100	%	$	65,535	100	%	(7)	%

Net sales to international customers in fiscal 2013 were $42,539,000, or 70% of our net sales as compared to $42,593,000 or 65% of net sales for the prior fiscal year, essentially flat.  

Total net sales to domestic customers for the year ended March 30, 2013 decreased 20%, compared to the prior fiscal year primarily due to reduced sales for a military application as well as certain industrial and telecom applications, partially offset by higher sales of high voltage amplifier ICs for optical MEMS applications, and custom processing services.

25

Gross Margin

Gross margin represents the percent of total sales revenue retained after incurring the costs associated with producing those products. The costs of production of products sold includes the cost of purchasing raw silicon wafers; costs associated with assembly, packaging, test, quality assurance and product yields; the cost of personnel, facilities, and equipment associated with manufacturing support; and net charges for excess or obsolete inventory. 

		Fiscal Years Ended
(Dollars in thousands)		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Gross Margin Percentage		49%		47%
Included in Gross Margin Percentage Above
Gross Margin Benefit from Cost of Previously Written Down Inventory Sold	$	1,684	$	1,176
Percentage of Net Sales		2.8%		1.8%

The increase in gross margin was primarily attributable to a reduction in reserves taken for excess and obsolete inventory and increased sales of previously written down inventory, partially offset by a reduction in total sales.

Research and Development(“R&D”)

		Fiscal Years Ended			Year-Over-Year
(Dollars in thousands)		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012	Change
R&D Expenses	$	13,976	$	14,399	-3%
Percentage of Net Sales		23%		22%

R&D expenses include payroll and benefits, processing costs, and depreciation. We also expense prototype experimental wafers and mask sets related to new products development as R&D expenses. 

The year-over-year decrease of $423,000 in R&D expense was primarily due to reduced expenses for experimental engineering runs of $322,000, and lower depreciation expense of $178,000, partially offset by an increase  in the fair value of ourNon-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) assets. This increase corresponds to an increase in the NQDCP liability. To recognize an increase or decrease in the NQDCP plan assets, we record the difference in fair value to other income (expense) net. Correspondingly, to recognize an increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability, the Company records the difference to other benefits expense which impacts R&D expense to the extent the investments are beneficially owned by R&D employees.

The increase in percentage of net sales is primarily due to the decreased sales. R&D expenses may fluctuate both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of sales; for example, R&D expenses would increase if we have a large number of R&D projects that are in the prototype wafer stage and/or if profit-sharing accruals increase. We expect R&D spending in fiscal year 2014 to increase and be between 18% and 22% of net sales.

26

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)

		Fiscal Years Ended			Year-Over-Year
(Dollars in thousands)		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012	Change
SG&A Expenses	$	13,137	$	12,840	2%
Percentage of Net Sales		22%		20%

SG&A expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses, commissions to sales representatives, occupancy expenses including expenses associated with our regional sales offices, cost of advertising and publications, and outside services such as legal, auditing, tax and compliance services related to Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The increase of $297,000 in SG&A expenses resulted primarily from increased expense related to our NQDCP as the plan assets increased in fair value by $427,000 compared to $177,000 during fiscal 2012. This  increase  corresponds to an increase in the NQDCP liability. To recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP plan assets, we record the difference in fair value to other income (expense) net. Correspondingly, to recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability, we record the difference to other benefits expense which impacts SG&A expense to the extent the investments are beneficially owned by SG&A employees.

SG&A expenses may fluctuate both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of sales; for example, SG&A expenses would increase if commissionable sales increase and/or if profit-sharing accruals increase.

Interest and Other Income, Net

		Fiscal Years Ended			Year-Over-Year
(Dollars in thousands)		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012	Change
Interest Income	$	1,250	$	999	25%
Other Income, Net		780		405	93%
Total Interest Income and Other income, Net	$	2,030	$	1,404	45%
Percentage of Net Sales		3%		2%

Interest income consists primarily of interest income from our cash, cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments. The increase in interest income in fiscal 2013 was primarily due to higher yields from longer maturity bonds. In fiscal 2013 the weighted average maturity was less than 1.75 years compared to less than one year in fiscal 2012.

Other income (expense), net was $375,000 higher compared to the prior year, primarily due to a greater increase in fair value of investments held by our NQDCP of $806,000 in fiscal 2013 compared to an increase of $250,000 in fiscal 2012.

Provision for IncomeTaxes

The provision for income taxes represents federal, state and foreign taxes.  The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2013 was $507,000 at an effective tax rate of 11%, compared to $96,000 at an effective tax rate of 2% in 2012.  Our effective tax rate of 11%  was less than the combined federal and state tax rate due to a portion of our income being generated in our Hong Kong entity which has a lower tax rate, the benefits of R&D credits, and tax exempt investment income.

27

Fiscal 2012 vs. Fiscal 2011

Net Sales

A breakdown of our total sales to customers in the medical electronics, LED lighting, printer/EL, telecom, and industrial/othermarkets as well as year-over-year changes are shown below(dollars in thousands): 

	Fiscal Years Ended						Year-Over-Year
Net Sales	March 31, 2012			April 2, 2011			Change
Medical Electronics	$	26,363	40%	$	30,193	36%	-13%
Printers/EL		16,482	25%		16,390	20%	1%
Industrial/Other		11,801	18%		14,576	18%	-19%
LED Lighting		6,624	10%		13,327	16%	-50%
Telecom		4,265	7%		8,686	10%	-51%
Total Net Sales	$	65,535	100%	$	83,172	100%	-21%

We have a broad base of customers, which in some cases manufacture end products spanning multiple markets.  As such, the assignment of revenue to the aforementioned markets requires the use of estimates, judgment, and extrapolation.  Actual results may differ from those reported.  During the first fiscal quarter of 2012 we reviewed our assignment of products to markets and made minor adjustments to the market assignment for certain DMOS products for both fiscal 2011 and 2012. Additionally, we renamed the “imaging” market “EL/printers” to avoid confusion with the medical imaging market.

The 21% decrease in net sales compared to the prior fiscal year was primarily due to decreases in sales of our LED driver ICs for backlighting LCD TVs as our major customer began insourcing these drivers in the third fiscal quarter of 2011 which continued in fiscal 2012; reduced end user demand for and price erosion of medical ultrasound products; a slowdown in demand for optical MEMS drivers; declining sales of our customer’s cell phone application using our EL inverters; and reduced sales of our custom processing services.

Our sales to the medical electronics market accounted for 40% of total sales in fiscal 2012 and decreased 13% compared to the prior fiscal year. This sales decrease was due to lower shipments of our analog switches and high voltage pulser ICs and chipsets resulting primarily from reduced end demand and from price erosion due to increased competition.

Due to the global economic improvement following the 2008 recession, the demand for medical ultrasound imaging machines picked up starting in our fourth quarter of fiscal 2010 and continued through the second quarter of fiscal 2011. However, in addition to our normal seasonal decline in the third and fourth quarters, we experienced declines resulting from the impact of increased competition. In the first half of fiscal 2012, sales improved modestly and then declined in the third fiscal quarter following a normal seasonal pattern. Medical ultrasound sales then surged higher in our fourth fiscal quarter.

In fiscal 2012, sales to the printers/EL market, which largely consist of EL inverter ICs, commercial printing ICs, display ICs and custom processing services, increased 1% compared to the prior year. We began shipping into an OLED market manufacturing application in fiscal 2012 and sales of our display and commercial printing ICs increased resulting from the improved economy.  Additionally, we had higher sales of a product used in a military application. Nearly offsetting these increases was a reduction in sales of EL driver ICs for backlighting cell phone keypads, as our customer’s shipments of its cellphones using these keypads declined. We are one of the key providers of EL driver ICs for backlighting cell phones, hand-held instruments and watches, and the leading supplier in the high-end industrial printer market with both standard and custom products.

28

Sales to the industrial/other market decreased 19% in fiscal 2012 compared to fiscal 2011 primarily due to reduced sales of our custom processing services and to a lesser extent due to reduced sales of our ICs and DMOS transistors resulting from a softening of the overall economy.

Sales to the LED lighting market decreased 50% compared to the prior fiscal year.  This decrease resulted from a reduction in shipments of our high voltage LED driver ICs for LED TVs as our major LCD TV customer began supplying a substantial portion of its requirements of LED drivers internally starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 which continued throughout fiscal 2012 and from the global slowdown of TV sales.

Sales to the telecom market in fiscal 2012 decreased 51% compared to the prior fiscal year.  This decrease in sales was primarily due to reduced shipments of our high voltage driver ICs for optical MEMS applications.

Our principal geographic markets are in Asia, the U.S., and Europe. Sales by geographic regions as well as year-over-year percentage changes were as follows. The sales amounts are based on where we ship our products to, rather than where the customers’ headquarters are located.

	Fiscal Years Ended								Year-Over-Year
Net Sales	March 31, 2012				April 2, 2011				Change
United States	$	22,942	35	%	$	24,304	29	%	-6%
China		16,189	25	%		21,120	25	%	-23%
Korea		4,045	6	%		4,985	6	%	-19%
Europe		6,494	10	%		12,503	15	%	-48%
Singapore		8,743	13	%		8,140	10	%	7%
Asia (excl. China, Korea & Singapore)		6,805	10	%		11,497	14	%	-41%
Other		317	1	%		623	1	%	-49%
Total Net Sales	$	65,535	100		$	83,172	100	%	-21%

Net sales to international customers in fiscal 2012 were $42,593,000, or 65% of our net sales as compared to $58,868,000 or 71% of net sales for the prior fiscal year. This decrease in international net sales resulted fromour major LCD TV customer supplying a substantial portion of its requirements of LED drivers for LED backlighting internally starting in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2011 which continued throughout fiscal 2012 and from the global slowdown of TV sales; reduced end user demand and price erosion in medical ultrasound products; and declining sales by our customer for a cell phone application using our EL inverters.

Cost of Sales and Gross Profit

Gross profit represents net sales less cost of sales.  Cost of sales includes the cost of purchasing raw silicon wafers; costs associated with assembly, packaging, test, quality assurance and product yields; the cost of personnel, facilities, and equipment associated with manufacturing support; and net charges for excess or obsolete inventory. 

		Fiscal Years Ended
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Gross Margin Percentage		47%		54%
Included in Gross Margin Percentage Above
Gross Margin Benefit from Cost of Previously Written Down Inventory Sold	$	1,176	$	1,358
Percentage of Net Sales		1.8%		1.6%

29

The decrease in gross margin percentage was primarily attributable to decreased fab utilization resulting in higher product costs and charges for unused capacity, increased reserves for excess and obsolete inventory, and reduced average selling prices for certain products. We wrote down inventory totaling of $4,667,000 and $2,859,000 for fiscal years 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Research and Development(“R&D”)

		Fiscal Years Ended			Year-Over-Year
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011	Change
R&D Expenses	$	14,399	$	14,851	-3%
Percentage of Net Sales		22%		18%

R&D expenses include payroll and benefits, processing costs, and depreciation. We also expense prototype experimental wafers and mask sets related to new products development as R&D expenses. 

The year-over-year decrease of $452,000 in R&D expense was primarily due to reduced expense of $173,000 related to our Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) as the Plan assets increased in fair value by $43,000 compared to $216,000 during fiscal 2011, lower employee stock compensation expense of $123,000, reduced engineering supplies, masks and workplates expenses of $97,000, and lower depreciation of $88,000. An increase or decrease in the fair value of our NQDCP assets corresponds to an increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability. To recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP plan assets, we record the difference in fair value to other income (expense) net. Correspondingly, to recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability, the Company records the difference to other benefits expense which impacts R&D expense to the extent the investments are beneficially owned by R&D employees.

The increase in percentage of net sales is primarily due to the decreased sales. R&D expenses may fluctuate both in absolute dollars and as a percentage of sales; for example, R&D expenses would increase if we have a large number of R&D projects that are in the prototype wafer stage and/or if profit-sharing accruals increase.

Selling, General and Administrative (“SG&A”)

		Fiscal Years Ended			Year-Over-Year
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011	Change
SG&A Expenses	$	12,840	$	14,194	-10%
Percentage of Net Sales		20%		17%

SG&A expenses consist primarily of employee related expenses, commissions to sales representatives, occupancy expenses including expenses associated with our regional sales offices, cost of advertising and publications, and outside services such as legal, auditing, tax and compliance services related to Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

The decrease of $1,354,000 in SG&A expenses resulted primarily from lower professional services costs for audit, legal and consulting services of $898,000, reduced sales incentives expense of $371,000, and reduced expense of $205,000 related to our Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) as the Plan assets increased in fair value by $177,000 compared to $382,000 during fiscal 2011. An increase or decrease in the fair value of our NQDCP assets corresponds to an increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability. To recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP plan assets, we record the difference in fair value to other income (expense) net. Correspondingly, to recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability, we record the difference to other benefits expense which impacts SG&A expense to the extent the investments are beneficially owned by SG&A employees.

30

Interest and Other Income, Net

		Fiscal Years Ended			Year-Over-Year
(Dollars in thousands)		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011	Change
Interest Income	$	999	$	812	23%
Other Income, Net		405		825	-51%
Total Interest Income and Other income, Net	$	1,404	$	1,637	-14%
Percentage of Net Sales		2%		2%

Interest income consists primarily of interest income from our cash, cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments. The increase in interest income in fiscal 2012 was primarily due to higher interest rates, partially offset by a lower average cash and investment balance as the Company deployed $17,139,000 to repurchase its stock on the open market.

Other income (expense), net was $420,000 lower compared to the prior year, primarily due to a lesser increase in fair value of investments held by our NQDCP of $250,000 in fiscal 2012 compared to an increase of $689,000 in fiscal 2011.

Provision for IncomeTaxes

The provision for income taxes represents federal, state and foreign taxes.  The provision for income taxes for fiscal 2012 was $96,000 at an effective tax rate of 2%, compared to $5,498,000 at an effective tax rate of 31% in 2011. Our effective tax rate of 2% was less than the combined federal and state tax rate due to a portion of our income being generated in our Hong Kong entity which has a lower tax rate, the benefits of R&D credits, and tax exempt investment income.

Financial Condition

Overview

Total cash, cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments balance as of March 30, 2013, was $154,061,000, compared with $156,897,000 on March 31, 2012, and $163,922,000 on April 2, 2011.  The decrease in fiscal 2013 of $2,836,000 resulted primarily from a special dividend payment of $11,523,000, purchases of our stock of $8,673,000, and capital expenditures of $655,000, which were largely offset by $18,246,000 of cash provided by operating activities. Working capital is defined as current assets less current liabilities.  Working capital was about flat at $152,998,000, compared to $153,171,000 as of March 31, 2012. 

We have a stock repurchase program under which approximately  814,000 shares remained available for repurchase as of June 11, 2013.  After we announced our plans at the end of January 2011 to use $60 million of our cash to repurchase stock over twenty-six months within our repurchase program, we repurchased approximately 1,672,000 shares for a total of $32,100,000 through March 30, 2013.  We expect to continue to use our cash to repurchase shares from time to time under our repurchase program since our repurchase program has no expiration date.  From March 31, 2013 through June 11, 2013, we repurchased approximately 14,000 shares for a total of $306,000.

31

Liquidity and Capital Resources

In summary, our cash flows were as follows(in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net cash provided by operating activities	$	18,246	$	11,792	$	16,755
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(2,090)		(232)		781
Net cash used in financing activities		(19,602)		(15,662)		(3,727)
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	$	(3,446)	$	(4,102)	$	13,809

Fiscal 2013

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities is net income adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in assets and liabilities. The increase of $6,454,000 compared to the prior year resulted from an increase of changes in assets and liabilities totaling $11,073,000, partially offset by lesser net income after non cash adjustments of $4,619,000. Net income was lower than the prior year by $502,000, while non-cash adjustments to net income were lower by $4,117,000. The decreased non-cash adjustments to net income resulted primarily from a decrease in provision for excess and obsolete inventories driven by an increase in demand by our customers in the first half of fiscal 2013 compared to the second half of fiscal 2012, lesser depreciation expense compared to last year, a higher gain from trading investments, less amortization of premium on short-term investments and a lesser stock based compensation expense.Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash provided by operating activities due to a substantial reduction in prepaid expenses and other assets compared to an increase in the prior year due to prepaid taxes in the prior year versus large tax refund in the current year; a reduction in income taxes payable, a decrease in trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities; and an increase in deferred revenue as our distributor channel inventory increased. We received tax refunds of $4,284,000 during this fiscal year. These increases to cash were partially offset by a reduction in prepaid income taxes.

Investing Activities

Investing cash flows consist primarily of capital expenditures and purchases of short-term investments, partially offset by sales of short-term investments and redemptions of long-term investments. Cash used in investing activities was $2,090,000 in fiscal year 2013 compared to $232,000 in fiscal year 2012.  Our purchases of investments were $1,442,000 greater than disposals of investments, and our investment in capital expenditure was $655,000. Largely offsetting this were ARS redemptions at par totaling $13,000,000, which were the source of funds for our short-term investment purchases. Our capital expenditures in fiscal 2013 were devoted primarily to upgrade our test capacity and IT related equipment.  

Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, government agency bonds, commercial papers, certificates of deposits and ARS.

As further described in Note 3, auction failures have limited and we expect will continue to limit our ability to fully liquidate our ARS for some period of time. However, we do not believe the auction failures will materially impact our ability to fund our working capital needs, capital expenditures, or other business requirements. As of March 30, 2013, our ARS investments had declined to a par value of $15,050,000 and we had approximately $152,998,000 of working capital, including approximately $140,261,000 of cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments, and we have generated cash from our operations for the past several years. Subsequent to March 30, 2013, we received two ARS redemptions at par value totaling $12,950,000.

32

Financing Activities

Financing cash flows consist primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the 2001 and 2009 Plans, sales of stock through the ESPP, repurchases of our stock in the open market and payment of dividends. Net cash used by financing activities in fiscal 2013 was $19,602,000 due to repurchases of our shares from the open market totaling $8,673,000 and payment of a special dividend of $11,523,000, offset in small part by $594,000 of proceeds associated with the exercise of stock options and employee purchases through the employee stock purchase plan. In contrast, during fiscal 2012 when cash used by financing activities was $15,562,000, our share repurchases totaled $17,139,000, partially offset by $1,476,000 of proceeds from exercise of stock options and ESPP.

We expect to spend approximately $4,000,000 for capital acquisitions in fiscal 2014, primarily for IC design tools and manufacturing test equipment.  We believe that we have substantial production capacity in place to handle any projected increase in business in fiscal 2014.  Almost all of our $4,334,000 net book value of property, plant and equipment are located in the United States and Hong Kong. We also believe that existing cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments, together with cash flow from operations, will be sufficient to meet our liquidity and capital requirements through the next twelve months.

Fiscal 2012

Operating Activities

Net cash provided by operating activities is net income adjusted for certain non-cash items and changes in assets and liabilities. The decrease of $4,963,000 compared to the prior year resulted from lesser net income after non-cash adjustments of $6,987,000, partially offset by an increase from changes in assets and liabilities totaling $2,024,000. Net income was lower than the prior year by $7,533,000, while non-cash adjustments to net income were higher by $546,000. The increased non-cash adjustments to net income resulted primarily from an increase in provision for excess and obsolete inventories due to a reduction in demand for the Company’s products compared to the prior year, partially offset by a greater decrease in deferred income taxes. Changes in operating assets and liabilities increased cash provided by operating activities due to a reduction in inventories compared to a large increase in the prior year as we reduced capacity utilization of our wafer fab more than our sales declined; a decrease in prepaid taxes compared to an increase last year as our tax liability was reduced; a lesser increase in trade accounts payable and accrued liabilities; and a decrease in deferred revenue. These increases to cash were partially offset by a reduction in income taxes payable compared to an increase in the prior year, an increase in prepaid expenses and other assets compared to a decrease in fiscal 2011; trade accounts receivable being flat compared to a large decrease at the end of last year as sales declined; a decrease in trade accounts payable and accrued expenses compared to an increase in fiscal 2011; and a decrease in deferred revenue compared to an increase in the prior year as our distributor channel reduced inventory in fiscal 2012.

Investing Activities

Investing cash flows consist primarily of capital expenditures and purchases of short-term investments, partially offset by sales of short-term investments and redemptions of long-term investments. Cash used in investing activities was $232,000 in fiscal year 2012 compared to cash provided of $781,000 in fiscal year 2011. During fiscal year 2012, we received par value redemptions of our ARS totaling $4,700,000.  Partially offsetting this was $3,833,000 of greater purchases than disposals of short-term investments and capital expenditure of $1,099,000. Our capital expenditures in fiscal 2012 were devoted primarily to equipment to expand and upgrade our test capacity and to upgrade certain wafer fab equipment.  

Our investment portfolio was primarily comprised of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, government agency bonds, certificates of deposits and ARS.

33

Financing Activities

Financing cash flows consist primarily of proceeds from the exercise of stock options under the 2001 and 2009 Plans and sales of stock through the ESPP, reclassification of non-cash excess tax benefit from operating into financing activities, and repurchases of stock on the open market. Net cash used by financing activities in fiscal 2012 was $15,662,000 due to repurchases of our shares from the open market totaling $17,139,000, partially offset by proceeds associated with the exercise of stock options and employee purchases through the employee stock purchase plan. In contrast, in fiscal 2011 when cash used by financing activities was $3,727,000, our share repurchases totaled $6,267,000.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any material off-balance sheet arrangements. Noted below under “Contractual Obligations” are various commitments we have associated with our business such as lease commitments, open purchase obligations and other items that are not recorded on our balance sheet, since we have not yet received the related goods or services as of March 30, 2013.

Contractual Obligations

The following table summarizes our significant contractual cash obligations at March 30, 2013, which consist of operating facility leases and open volume purchase orders which provide volume discounts. Such obligations are expected to have minimal effect on our liquidity and cash flow in future periods (in thousands):

	Due in Fiscal Years
Contractual Obligations	Total		2014		2015		2016		2017 and beyond
Operating lease obligations (1)	$	2,600	$	908	$	853	$	784	$	55
Purchase obligations		4,823		4,136		599		51		37
Total contractual cash obligations	$	7,423	$	5,044	$	1,452	$	835	$	92

_____________________________

⁽¹⁾ We lease facilities under non-cancelable lease agreements expiring at various times through April 2016.  Rental expense, net of sublease income,amounted to $1,086,000 for fiscal 2013.  Rental expenses were $1,070,000 in fiscal 2012. 

As of March 30, 2013, the liability for uncertain tax positions, net of offsetting tax benefits associated with the correlative effects of potential transfer pricing adjustments, state income taxes, interest deductions, and other receivables was $2,275,000. As of March 30, 2013, we had accumulated balances for estimated interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense of $438,000 and $158,000, respectively. For the year ended March 30, 2013, we recorded a reduction in estimated interest of $56,000 and estimated penalties of $6,000.We cannot conclude on the range of cash payments that will be made within the next twelve months associated with our uncertain tax positions.

Common Stock Repurchases

Share repurchase activities for fiscal years ended March 30, 2013andMarch 31, 2012 were as follows:

		Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Number of shares repurchased		498,000		901,000
Cost of shares repurchased	$	8,673,000	$	17,139,000
Average price per share	$	17.42	$	19.02

Since the inception of these repurchase programs in 1992 through March 30, 2013, we have repurchased a total of approximately 4,016,000 shares of the common stock for an aggregate cost of $68,630,000. Upon their repurchase,

34

shares are restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares. As of March 30, 2013,  there were approximately 828,000shares authorized for future repurchase under our current program.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued an amendment regarding net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  This amendment does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  However, it requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  This amendment is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (the fiscal quarter ending June 29, 2013 for us).  We are currently assessing the potential effect to our consolidated financial statements in applying this guidance.

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued new authoritative guidance regarding Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This amendment attempts to improve comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  In order to facilitate convergence with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), FASB has decided to eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.  Also, this amendment requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and interim periods within these fiscal years (the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012 for us) and is applied retrospectively.  On October 21, 2011, the FASB proposed a deferral of the requirement to present reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement. Companies would still be required to adopt all other requirements contained in the guidance.The adoption of these amended standards affected the presentation of other comprehensive income, as we have elected to present two separate but consecutive statements, but did not have an effect on our financial position or results of operations.

Item 7A.   Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are exposed to financial market risks primarily due to changes in interest rates.  We do not use derivatives to alter the interest characteristics of our investment securities.  We have no holdings of derivative or commodity instruments, and our holdings are for purposes other than trading.  Our investment portfolio is primarily comprised of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papers and certificates of deposits.  Investments and cash and cash equivalents generated interest income of $1,250,000 and $999,000 in fiscal years 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Based on our investments and cash and cash equivalent balance as of March 30, 2013, one percentage point change in interest rates would cause change in our annual interest income by an amount of approximately $1,453,000.

ARS are subject to the risk that the secondary market might fail to provide the liquidity opportunity at the rate reset points. This risk, which we have encountered with regard to our ARS, manifests itself in sponsoring broker-dealers withdrawing from the auction process that provides the rate reset and liquidity. We recorded a $1,250,000 temporary impairment in value as of March 30, 2013,  which decreased from $2,150,000 as of March 31, 2012, due to our reduced ARS holdings resulting from several ARS redemptions. In the event we need to access the funds associated with failed auctions, they are not expected to be accessible until one of the following occurs: a successful auction occurs, the issuer redeems the issue, a buyer is found outside of the auction process or the underlying securities have matured.

35

The ARS we hold had contractual maturities generally between 24 to 28 years and had a total par value of $15,050,000 as of March 30, 2013, compared to $28,050,000 as of March 31, 2012. They are in the form of auction rate bonds backed by a pool of student loans, whose interest rates were reset every seven to thirty-five days through an auction process prior to the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008. At the end of each reset period, investors can sell or continue to hold the securities at par. The ARS held by us are backed by student loans and of high credit quality and a significant portion of them are collateralized and are guaranteed by the United States Department of Education. Until February 2012, all of our ARS were rated by the major independent rating agencies as either AAA or Aaa. However, one of our ARS holdings was downgraded by S&P in February 2012 to AA+, then in June 2012 to A with a negative outlook and was downgraded by Fitch in May 2013 to A with a watch negative. Also in May 2013, the other ARS was downgraded from AAA to AAA with a watch negative by Fitch.We believe these downgrades had no impact on the fair valueof this ARS as of March 30, 2013. As all of our ARS are of high credit rating, we believe the credit risk is very low.

Subsequent to March 30, 2013, one of our ARS was fully redeemed at par value of $12,800,000 and our other ARS was partially redeemed at par value of $150,000. The combined redemptions reduced our ARS holdings from a par value of $15,050,000 to $2,100,000.

If the issuer of the ARS is unable to successfully close future auctions or does not redeem the ARS, or the United States government fails to support its guaranty of the obligations, we may be required to adjust the carrying value of the ARS and record other-than-temporary impairment charges in future periods, which could materially affect our results of operations and financial condition. However, we expect that we will receive the principal associated with these ARS through one of the means described above.

Foreign Currency Exchange Risks

We do not hedge any potential risk from foreign currency exposure. With our operations in Hong Kong, we face exposure to an adverse change in the exchange rate of the Hong Kong dollar.  We believe that our exposure is relatively small, thus we do not employ hedging techniques designed to mitigate this foreign currency exposure.  Likewise, we could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses.  As the level of activity at this operation changes over time, actual currency gains or losses could have an adverse impact to the Consolidated Financial Statements.Our foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars.  Currency exchange fluctuations in countries where we do business could harm the business by resulting in pricing that is not competitive with prices denominated in local currencies.

36

Item 8.  Unaudited Quarterly Financial Information and Supplementary Data

Each of these quarters presented consisted of 13 weeks(in thousands, except per share amounts).

		Fiscal Quarters Ended
		Mar 30,		Dec 29,		Sep 29,		Jun 30,		Mar 31,		Dec 31,		Oct 1,		Jul 2,
(Unaudited)		2013		2012		2012		2012		2012		2011		2011		2011
Statement of Income Data:
Net sales	$	14,649	$	14,373	$	15,919	$	16,059	$	16,451	$	14,066	$	16,960	$	18,058
Costs of sales		6,970		7,057		8,571		8,565		8,723		8,708		8,432		8,992
Gross profit		7,679		7,316		7,348		7,494		7,728		5,358		8,528		9,066
Income (loss) from operations		994		763		343		624		229		(1,391)		2,602		2,001
Income (loss) before provision for income taxes		1,794		1,175		959		826		1,066		(607)		2,017		2,369
Net income	$	1,529	$	1,431	$	690	$	597	$	1,273	$	96	$	1,711	$	1,669
Net income per share(1)
Basic	$	0.13	$	0.12	$	0.06	$	0.05	$	0.11	$	0.01	$	0.14	$	0.13
Diluted	$	0.13	$	0.12	$	0.06	$	0.05	$	0.11	$	0.01	$	0.14	$	0.13

______________________________________

(1) Basic and diluted earnings per share are computed independently for each of the quarters presented. Therefore, the sum of quarterly basic and diluted per share information may not equal annual basic and diluted earnings per share.

(2) A $153,000 out-of-period adjustment was recorded in cost of sales during our fourth quarter of fiscal 2013 relating to inventory reserves which should have been recorded during our third quarter of fiscal 2013.

Item 9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A.  Controls and Procedures

(a)Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. 

(i) Disclosure Controls and Procedures.  We maintain disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) that are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in reports that we file or submit under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our chief executive officer and chief financial officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosures.

(ii) Limitations on the Effectiveness of Disclosure Controls.  In designing and evaluating our disclosure controls and procedures, management recognized that disclosure controls and procedures, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the disclosure controls and procedures are met taking into account the totality of the circumstances. Additionally, in designing disclosure

37

controls and procedures, our management necessarily was required to apply its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible disclosure controls and procedures.  The design of any disclosure controls and procedures is also based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions.

(iii) Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures. Our chief executive officer and chief financial officer have evaluated our disclosure controls and procedures as of March 30, 2013, and have determined that they are effective at the reasonable assurance level.

(b)Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting: 

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over our financial reporting which is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that: (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of our assets; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of our management and directors; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. 

Our management with participation of our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, assessed the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013.  In making this assessment, our management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework.  Based on the assessment using those criteria, management concluded that, as of March 30, 2013, our internal control over financial reporting is effective.

BDO USA, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements as of and for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, also audited and expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013.  The reports on the audit of internal control over financial reporting and the audit of the financial statements appear under item 15(a)(1) in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

(c)Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting. 

Our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting identified in connection with management’s evaluation during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

(d)Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls.

Our management, including our chief executive officer and our chief financial officer, does not expect that our disclosure controls and procedures or our internal control over financial reporting will prevent or detect all errors and all fraud. Any control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met. The design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and competing use of resources, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs in light of competing demands on limited resources.  Further, because of the

38

inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that misstatements due to errors or frauds will not occur or that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the company have been detected. These inherent limitations include the realities that judgments in decision-making can be faulty and that breakdowns can occur because of a simple error or mistake. Controls can also be circumvented by the individual acts or omissions of some persons, by collusion of two or more people, or by management override of the controls. The design of any system of controls is based in part on certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and there can be no assurance that any design will succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Over time, controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or deterioration in the degree of compliance with policies or procedures.

Item 9B.  Other Information.

None.

39

PART III

Certain information required by Part III is incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for the Company’s 2013Annual Meeting of Stockholders currently planned to be held on August 16, 2013 (the “Proxy Statement”).

Item 10.  Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information regarding our directors is set forth under "Election of Directors" in the Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.   The information required by Item 405 of Regulation S-K with respect to disclosure of any known late filings or failure by an insider to file a report required by Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act is incorporated herein by reference from the information contained in the section entitled “Compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act” in the 2013Proxy Statement.  The required information regarding executive officers is included in Part I hereof under caption "Executive Officers of the Company."

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of our employees, agents, contractors, and Board of Directors, including our president and chief executive officer. A copy of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is accessible, free of charge, on our Internet website (www.supertex.com).  A printed copy is also available on request. Requests should be directed in writing to Supertex, Inc., 1235 Bordeaux Drive, Sunnyvale, CA, 94089, Attention: Investor Relations.  Information on our website is not part of this Form 10-K report.

The information required by this item 10 regarding our nominating and corporate governance committee, our audit committee, and our audit committee financial expert is incorporated by reference from the information contained in the 2013Proxy Statement.

Item 11.  Executive Compensation

Information regarding the Company's remuneration of its officers and directors is set forth under "Compensation of Outside Directors" and "Compensation of Executive Officers" in the 2013Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference. Other information required by this Item 11 is set forth under “Report of the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors” and “Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation” in the 2013Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

Item 12.  Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information regarding the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is set forth under "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management" in the 2013Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

Securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans

We maintain the following three shareholder-approved equity compensation plans, as further described in Note 11 to our Consolidated Financial Statements.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan - Our shareholders approved the adoption of the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) and the reservation of shares of common stock for issuance under the ESPP at the August 18, 2000 annual shareholders meeting.  The maximum aggregate number of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP is 500,000 shares plus an annual increase on the first day of our fiscal year of the lesser of 100,000 shares or three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares on that date or a lesser amount determined by our board of directors.

40

During fiscal 2013, our board of directors determined not to increase the maximum aggregate number of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP. Eligible employees may elect to withhold up to 20% of their cash compensation to purchase shares of our common stock at a price equal to 95% of the market value of the stock at the end of a six-month offering period.  An eligible employee may purchase no more than 500 shares of common stock during any six-month accumulation period.  A total of 6,025 shares, 8,369 shares and 7,422 shares of our common stock were issued under the ESPP for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  There were 190,534 shares available for future issuance under the ESPP at the end of fiscal year 2013.

Stock Option Plans - The 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) provides for granting incentive stock options to employees and non-statutory stock options to employees and consultants; however beginning in August 2006, our board of directors determined to grant only non-statutory options.  Our board of directors, acting through its designated stock option committee, determines the terms and conditions for individual options. Options granted under the 2001 Plan were granted at the fair market value of our common stock on the date of grant and generally vested over five years, 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 20% at the end of each of the following four years. Options granted prior to August 2007, generally have a seven-year term while options granted during or subsequent to August 2007, generally have a ten-year term, with all options expiring prior to such term thirty days after termination of service. No further options may be granted under the 2001 Plan due to the adoption of our new equity incentive plan as described in the following paragraph.

All outstanding stock awards granted under the 2001 Plan will continue to be subject to the terms and conditions as set forth in the agreement evidencing such stock awards and the terms of the 2001 Plan. 

Our shareholders approved the adoption of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) at the August 14, 2009 annual meeting for shareholders. Under the 2009 Plan, the total number of shares of our common stock reserved for issuance consists of 1,000,000 shares plus (1) the 159,509 shares which remain authorized for issuance under the 2001 Plan but which were not subject to outstanding stock awards as of August 14, 2009, and (2) those of the 1,440,400 shares subject to stock awards outstanding under the 2001 Plan as of August 14, 2009, that terminate prior to exercise and would otherwise be returned to the share reserves under the 2001 Plan, with the total shares in addition to the 1,000,000 shares thus being up to a maximum of 1,599,909 shares. The 2009 Plan allows us to continue our prior option practices under the 2001 Plan to grant non-statutory options to key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of our stock on the date of grant. Our options typically have a term of ten years and vest over five years, 20% on the first anniversary of the grant date and 20% at the end of each of the following four years. The 2009 Plan also provides us with the flexibility in designing equity incentives, including restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, and performance cash awards. As of March 30, 2013, there were 797,151 shares remaining available for grant under the 2009 Plan.

As of March 30, 2013, there were 841,340 and 691,300 shares issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under the 2001 and 2009 Plans at a weighted average exercise price of $28.48 and $21.40, respectively.

In fiscal 2013 and 2012, we reversed tax benefits of $166,000 and $82,000, respectively, which we had previously recorded on the recognition of stock-based compensation expense for non-qualified stock options, whereas in fiscal 2011 we recorded a tax benefit of $13,000. Such benefit was recognized as an increase in shareholders’ equity while the fiscal 2012 and 2013 reversals were recognized as decreases in shareholders’ equity.

41

The table below shows information as of March 30, 2013, with respect to equity compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance.  Our current equity compensation plans, consisting of the 2001 and 2009 Plans and ESPP, were approved by security holders.  We have no equity compensation plans that were not previously approved by our shareholders.

	Number of Securities to be Issued upon Exercise of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights		Weighted-Average Exercise Price of Outstanding Options, Warrants, and Rights	Number of Securities Remaining Available for Future Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans (Excluding Securities Reflected in Column (a))
Plan Category	(a)		(b)	(c)
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders	1,532,640	$	25.29	987,685	(1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders	-		N/A	-

(1) Includes 190,534 shares reserved as of March 30, 2013 for future purchases by employees through payroll deductions under the ESPP.

(2) The ESPP provides for an annual increase in the shares reserved for issuance under the ESPP on the first day of our fiscal year of the lesser of 100,000 shares or three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares on that date or a lesser amount determined by our board of directors.

Item 13.  Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions is set forth under “Certain Relationship and Related Transactions” in the 2013Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference and information regarding our corporate governance is set forth under “Election of Directors” in the 2013Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

Item 14.  Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Information required by this Item regarding accounting fees and services is set forth under the caption “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 2013Proxy Statement and is incorporated by reference.

42

PART IV

Item 15.   Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
(a)	The following documents are filed as part of this form:
				Page
1.	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm		46
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm on Internal Control over Financial Reporting			47
	Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm			48
2.	Consolidated Financial Statements:
		Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012		49
		For the three years ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011:
		Consolidated Statements of Income		25
		Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income		51
		Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity		52
		Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows		53
		Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements		54

3.	Exhibits.
	Exhibit	Exhibit Description
	3.1 (1)	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant filed May 21, 1980.
	3.2 (1)	Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed April 16, 1981.
	3.3 (1)	Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed September 30, 1983.
	3.4 (1)	Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed October 14, 1988.
	3.5 (2)	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant.
	10.1(1)*	Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, which became effective January 1, 1996, as most recently amended on December 1, 2008.
	10.2 (1)	Lease 71 Vista Montana, San Jose, California, comprised of a lease dated December 7, 1988, and five amendments (5/4/89; 6/18/90; 12/21/95; 2/1/99; and 1/23/04) and two assignments (11/15/96 and 2/1/99) with Sobrato Development Companies #871, as landlord, and Supertex, Inc., as assignee/tenant.
	10.3 (3)	Sixth Amendment to Lease of 71 Vista Montana, San Jose, California dated April 16, 2010, with Sobrato Development Companies #871, as landlord, and Supertex, Inc., as assignee/tenant.
	10.4 (1)	Leases of Hong Kong Facility dated 5/16/08, 9/11/09, and 9/11/09 with Jing Wah Garments Mfg. Co. Ltd.
	10.5(4)*	2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
	10.6 (5)*	2001 Stock Option Plan.
	10.7(6)*	2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
	10.8 (1)*	Profit Sharing Bonus Incentive Plan.
	10.9*	Form of Change of Control Agreement entered into by and between Registrant and each Executive Officer
	21.1	Subsidiary of the Registrant.
	23.1	Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	23.2	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	24.1	Power of Attorney (See signature page).
	31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	(1)	Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4, and 10.8 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated April 2, 2011, filed with the SEC on June 11, 2010 are hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Exhibit 3.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2007, filed with the SEC on December 28, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-47606) which was filed with the SEC and became effective on October 10, 2000, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(5)	Appendix B of Registrant’s amended Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on August 7, 2001 (File No. 000-12718) is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(6)	Appendix 1 of Registrant’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on July 2, 2009 (File No. 000-12718) is hereby incorporated by reference.
	*	Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
(b)	Exhibits 10.9, 21.1, 23.1, 24.1, 31.1, 31.2, 32.1 and 32.2 are filed herewith.

43

44

45

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

	Supertex, Inc.
Dated:  June 12, 2013		/s/PHILLIP A. KAGEL
		Phillip A. Kagel
		Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Henry C. Pao, his attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ HENRY C. PAO	Director, President and Chief Executive Officer	June 12, 2013
(Henry C. Pao)	(Principle Executive Officer)
/s/ PHILLIP A. KAGEL	Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer	June 12, 2013
(Phillip A. Kagel)	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
/s/ BENEDICT C. K. CHOY (Benedict C. K. Choy)	Director and Senior Vice President, Technology Development	June 12, 2013
/s/ W. MARK LOVELESS	Director	June 12, 2013
(W. Mark Loveless)
/s/ ELLIOTT SCHLAM	Director	June 12, 2013
(Elliott Schlam)
/s/ MILTON FENG	Director	June 12, 2013
(Milton Feng)

46

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Supertex, Inc.

Sunnyvale, California

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Supertex, Inc. as of March 30, 2013and March 31, 2012 and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards ofthe Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Supertex, Inc. at March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Supertex, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) and our report dated June 12, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

June 12, 2013

47

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Board of Directors and Shareholders of

Supertex, Inc.

Sunnyvale, California

We have audited Supertex, Inc.’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, based on criteria established in Internal Control —Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the COSO criteria). Supertex, Inc.’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying, “Item 9A, Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting and Attestation Report of the Registered Public Accounting Firm”. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Supertex, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 30, 2013, based on the COSO criteria.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Supertex, Inc. as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income,shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the years then ended and our report dated June 12, 2013 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

June 12, 2013

48

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Supertex, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated statements of income, shareholders' equity, comprehensive income, and cash flows for the year ended April 2, 2011, present fairly, in all material respects, the results of operations and cash flows for the year ended April 2, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.  We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

June 13, 2011, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the effects of the change in the non-cash amortization of premiums paid on debt investments within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows discussed in Note 1 - Revision to previously issued financial statements, as to which the date is June 13, 2012.

49

SUPERTEX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(in thousands)

		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
ASSETS
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	16,414	$	19,860
Short-term investments		123,847		111,137
Trade accounts receivable, net		7,335		8,021
Inventories		11,344		14,438
Prepaid expenses and other current assets		2,538		6,786
Prepaid income taxes		3,203		3,032
Deferred income taxes		7,517		7,529
Total current assets		172,198		170,803
Long-term investments		13,800		25,900
Property, plant and equipment, net		4,334		4,941
Other assets		787		621
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent		5,659		5,375
Total assets	$	196,778	$	207,640
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
Current Liabilities:
Trade accounts payable	$	2,521	$	1,994
Accrued salaries and employee benefits		13,230		12,434
Other accrued liabilities		633		615
Deferred revenue		2,651		2,560
Income taxes payable		165		23
Total current liabilities		19,200		17,626
Income taxes payable, noncurrent		3,535		4,161
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent		115		-
Other accrued liabilities, noncurrent		575		561
Total liabilities		23,425		22,348
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Shareholders’ Equity:
Preferred stock, no par value -- 10,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding		-		-
Common stock, no par value -- 30,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 11,526 shares as of March 30, 2013 and 11,992 shares as of March 31, 2012		68,389		68,031
Accumulated other comprehensive loss		(564)		(1,345)
Retained earnings		105,528		118,606
Total shareholders’ equity		173,353		185,292
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity	$	196,778	$	207,640

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

50

SUPERTEX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME

(in thousands, except per share amounts)

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172
Cost of sales		31,163		34,855		37,984
Gross profit		29,837		30,680		45,188
Research and development		13,976		14,399		14,851
Selling, general and administrative		13,137		12,840		14,194
Total operating expenses		27,113		27,239		29,045
Income from operations		2,724		3,441		16,143
Interest income		1,250		999		812
Other income, net		780		405		825
Income before provision for income taxes		4,754		4,845		17,780
Provision for income taxes		507		96		5,498
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282
Net income per share
Basic	$	0.36	$	$ 0.38	$	$ 0.95
Diluted	$	0.36	$	$ 0.38	$	$ 0.94
Shares used in per share computation:
Basic		11,716		12,340		12,976
Diluted		11,718		12,351		13,030

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

51

SUPERTEX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments, net		1,202		520		1,607
Tax benefit (provision) related to other comprehensive income		(421)		(182)		(724)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax		781		338		883
Comprehensive income	$	5,028	$	5,087	$	13,165

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

SUPERTEX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(in thousands)

	Number of Common Shares		Stock Amount		Accumulated Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss)		Retained Earnings		Share-holders’ Equity
Balance, April 3, 2010	12,944	$	64,296	$	(2,566)	$	118,646	$	180,376
Stock options exercised	130		2,355		-		-		2,355
Issuance of shares under ESPP	7		178		-		-		178
Stock repurchase	(273)		(1,442)		-		(4,825)		(6,267)
Stock-based compensation expense	-		3,099		-		-		3,099
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	-		13		-		-		13
Net income	-		-		-		12,282		12,282
Unrealized gain from available-for-sale investments, net of taxes	-		-		883		-		883
Balance, April 2, 2011	12,808		68,499		(1,683)		126,103		192,919
Stock options exercised	77		1,317		-		-		1,317
Issuance of shares under ESPP	8		159		-		-		159
Stock repurchase	(901)		(4,893)		-		(12,246)		(17,139)
Stock-based compensation expense	-		3,031		-		-		3,031
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	-		(82)		-		-		(82)
Net income	-		-		-		4,749		4,749
Unrealized gain from available-for-sale investments, net of taxes	-		-		338		-		338
Balance, March 31, 2012	11,992		68,031		(1,345)		118,606		185,292
Stock options exercised	26		480		-		-		480
Issuance of shares under ESPP	6		114		-		-		114
Stock repurchase	(498)		(2,871)		-		(5,802)		(8,673)
Cash dividends declared and paid	-		-		-		(11,523)		(11,523)
Stock-based compensation expense	-		2,801		-		-		2,801
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	-		(166)		-		-		(166)
Net income	-		-		-		4,247		4,247
Unrealized gain from available-for-sale investments, net of taxes	-		-		781		-		781
Balance, March 30, 2013	11,526	$	68,389	$	(564)	$	105,528	$	173,353

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53

SUPERTEX, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(in thousands)

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282
Non-cash adjustments to net income:
Depreciation and amortization		1,301		1,918		2,303
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales returns		284		108		525
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories		1,847		4,667		2,859
Deferred income taxes		(578)		(877)		484
Stock-based compensation		2,801		3,031		3,099
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans		(166)		(82)		13
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation plans		-		(1)		(7)
Unrealized loss (gain) from short-term investments, categorized as trading		(806)		(250)		(689)
Amortization of premium on short-term investments		2,540		2,825		2,305
Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment		-		1		(98)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable		402		(19)		2,125
Inventories		1,247		1,495		(8,009)
Prepaid expenses and other assets		4,382		(3,820)		745
Prepaid income taxes		(171)		3,429		(4,005)
Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses		1,309		(1,224)		418
Deferred revenue		91		(1,104)		(298)
Income taxes payable		(484)		(3,054)		2,703
Net cash provided by operating activities		18,246		11,792		16,755
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property, plant and equipment		(655)		(1,099)		(1,210)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment		7		-		100
Purchases of investments		(110,383)		(170,567)		(176,970)
Sales of investments		43,145		108,766		53,699
Maturities and redemptions of investments		65,796		62,668		125,162
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities		(2,090)		(232)		781
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan		594		1,476		2,533
Stock repurchases		(8,673)		(17,139)		(6,267)
Payments of dividends to shareholders		(11,523)		-		-
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		-		1		7
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities		(19,602)		(15,662)		(3,727)
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS		(3,446)		(4,102)		13,809
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period		19,860		23,962		10,153
End of period	$	16,414	$	19,860	$	23,962
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Net income taxes paid (refunds)	$	(2,656)	$	4,792	$	5,089

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

54

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

Supertex, Inc. (together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Supertex Limited, herein referred to as “Supertex” or the “Company”) designs, develops, manufactures, and markets high voltage analog and mixed signal integrated circuits utilizing high voltage DMOS, HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS analog and mixed signal technologies.  The Company supplies standard and custom interface products primarily for use in the medical electronics,LED lighting, printers, devices using EL lamps, telecommunications, and industrial/other markets.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary.  All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Fiscal Period

The Company uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending the Saturday nearest to March 31^st.  Fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011each comprised 52 weeks.

Revision to previously issued financial statements

During fiscal year 2012, the Company identified that it had not been appropriately classifying the non-cash amortization of premiums paid on debt instruments within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company incorrectly reflected the amortization as a cash inflow from investing activities rather than a reconciling item in arriving at net cash provided by operating activities. The Company determined to revise its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to correct this error. Accordingly, the Company revised the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended April2, 2011. The misclassifications did not impact the Consolidated Statement of Income. The revisions are not material to previously issued financial statements. The amounts of the revisions are shown in the table below (in thousands):
	Operating Activities Impact						Investing Activities Impact
Fiscal Year Ended		As reported		Adjustment		As revised		As reported		Adjustment		As revised
April 2, 2011	$	14,450	$	2,305	$	16,755	$	3,086	$	(2,305)	$	781

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period.  Significant estimates in these financial statements include revenue recognition, provision for sales returns and allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty reserves, estimates for useful lives associated with long lived assets, asset impairments, auction rate security (“ARS”) valuation, net realizable value of inventories, asset retirement obligations, certain accrued liabilities and provision for income taxes and tax valuation allowance.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s business is concentrated in the high voltage semiconductor component industry, which is rapidly changing, highly competitive and subject to competitive pricing pressures.  The Company's operating results may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations due to these factors, including the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, the changes in customer requirements, the timing of introduction of new products, the Company's ability to implement new capabilities or technologies, its ability to manufacture efficiently, its reliance on subcontractors and vendors, and general economic conditions.

55

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Investments with an original or remaining maturity of 90 days or less, as of the date of purchase, are considered cash equivalents, and consist of money market funds, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, government agency bonds, certificates of deposite and commercial paper. The Company maintains cash balances at a variety of financial institutions and has not experienced any material losses relating to such balances. 

Short-term and long-term investments

The appropriate classification of investments in marketable securities is determined at the time of purchase based on management’s intended holding period and the realizability of the investment, and such designation is reevaluated at each balance sheet date. The Company also monitors its investments for impairment periodically and records appropriate reductions in carrying values when the declines are determined to be other-than-temporary.Investments categorized as trading consisted entirely of investments in mutual funds held by the Company’s Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) and are included as short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments as of March 30, 2013 are composed of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papersandcertificates of deposits.  Unrealized gains and losses are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income (expense). There were no realized losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary recorded in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.  For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis. The ARS investments held by the Company as of March 30, 2013have experienced failed auctions due to sales orders exceeding purchase orders, so the Company’s ARS investments are considered illiquid until there is a successful auction for them. As of March 30, 2013, the fair value of $13,800,000 ARS was presented in long-term investments. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on the Company’s investment portfolio of ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model and included a discount factor for illiquidity of the ARS market. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods and contractual terms of the security.

The Company reviews its impairments to determine the classification of the impairment as “temporary” or “other-than-temporary.” Declines in fair value that are considered other than temporary are reported in the statement of income and those that are considered temporary are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

In evaluating the impairment of any individual ARS, the Company classified such impairment as temporary or other-than-temporary. The differentiating factors between temporary and other-than-temporary impairment are primarily the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to hold its ARS investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Based on this assessment of fair value of ARS as of March 30, 2013, the unrealized loss of $1,250,000was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $437,000.

The valuation of the Company’s investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may impact the Company’s valuation include changes of credit ratings, as well as collateral values, default rate of underlying assets, counterparty risk and ongoing strength of the liquidity market (See Notes 2 and 3).

56

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Accounts Receivable

An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on a percentage based on historical experience applied to outstanding accounts receivable, specific doubtful account identification, and management judgment.  The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

Concentration of credit risk and foreign operations

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, and accounts receivable.  The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales and earned from customers located in the U.S. and certain foreign countries and regions, including Europe, China, Japan, and the rest of Asia.  For the years ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, sales to foreign customers based on destination locations were all denominated in U.S. dollars and accounted for 70%,  65% and71%, of net sales, respectively. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires no collateral from its customers.

As of March 30, 2013, one customer accounted for 12% of gross accounts receivable, and as of March 31, 2012, two customers accounted for 12% and 11% of gross accounts receivable, respectively.  

Foreign Currency Risk

Because of the Company’s operations in Hong Kong, the Company may face exposure to an adverse change in the exchange rate of the Hong Kong dollar that is currently pegged to the U.S. dollar.  The Company believes that its exposure is relatively small, thus it does not employ hedging techniques designed to mitigate this foreign currency exposure. The Company could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses.  As the level of activity at this operation changes over time, actual currency gains or losses could have an adverse impact to the consolidated financial statements.

A small percentage of the Company’s assets are denominated in Hong Kong dollars, Chinese Renminbi and Japanese Yento fund its subsidiary's and branch offices' daily cash requirements.  All other cash and investment accounts are denominated in United States dollars and domiciled in the United States with the exception of one investment account that is domiciled in Ireland.

The Company’s foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars.  Currency exchange fluctuations in countries where the Company does business could harm the business by resulting in pricing that is not competitive with prices denominated in local currencies.

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

The functional currency of the Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary is the U.S. dollar.  As such, gains and losses resulting from remeasurement from local currency to the U.S. dollar are included in other income (expense), net.  Such gains and losses have not been material for any period presented.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value.  The Company’s inventories include high technology parts and components that are specialized in nature and subject to rapid technological obsolescence.  While the Company has programs to minimize the required inventories on hand and considers technological obsolescence when estimating amounts required to reduce recorded amounts to net realizable values, it is possible that such estimates could change in the near term.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and generally depreciated using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five years or less.  Building and building improvements are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the building of thirty-nine years.  Leasehold improvements are recorded at

57

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the related lease term or the estimated useful life of the assets. 

Impairment of Long-lived assets

The Company routinely considers whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question is less than their carrying value.  If less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  Fair value is determined using various approaches, including discounted future cash flows, independent appraisals or other relevant methods.  If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment charge to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset's carrying value.  The fair value of the asset then becomes the asset's new carrying value, which the Company depreciates or amortizes over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset where appropriate. The Company may incur impairment losses in future periods if factors influencing its estimates change. Historically, the Company has not had an impairment charge on its tangible long-lived assets.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from direct product sales to end-user customers upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is upon shipment of the product provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For sales to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), the Company uses either a binding purchase order or signed agreement as evidence of an arrangement.  Sales through distributors are evidenced by binding purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  Sales to distributors are made primarily under arrangements allowing limited rights of return, limited price protection and limited right of stock rotation on merchandise unsold by the distributors.  Because of the uncertainty associated with pricing concessions and possible returns, with the exception of certain products, the Company defers the recognition of such sales and the related costs of sales until distributors have sold the merchandise to their end customers. The Company’s distributors provide an inventory balance report at the end of each period, which allows the Company to determine products sold to their end customers.

The Company also provides custom processing services for manufacture of integrated circuits, using customer-owned designs and mask tooling.  Under this “custom processing service” arrangement, a tangible product is sold, and the Company bears the risk of loss until title is passed.  Title to the product under the “custom processing service” arrangement is passed to the customer at the time of shipment. 

From time to time, deferred revenue results from up-front billings from customers under non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) contracts. The Company recognizes revenue from NRE contracts upon completion of contract milestones, which corresponds to when the Company provides the services and/or products.  Revenue is deferred for any amounts received prior to completion of engineering contract milestones, such as amounts received upon delivery of proto-type, if such a delivery is an agreed upon milestone. Some of the NRE contracts include formal customer acceptance provisions.  In this case at the end of each period, the Company determines whether customer acceptance has been obtained for the specific milestone.  If customer acceptance has not been obtained, the Company defers the recognition of such revenue until customer acceptance is obtained.

Sales Returns and Other Allowances

The Companyrecords a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded.  The Company bases thisprovision on historical experience, analyses of outstanding Return Material Authorization and Allowance Authorization data and any other form of notification of pending returns.  The Company continuously monitors and tracks product returns and in circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer return or allowance which is over and above normal historical sales returns, the Company records a specific allowance against the amounts due, in order to reduce its net receivable from such

58

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

customer.  While sales returns have historically been within the Company’s expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same return rates that it has in the past.  Any significant increase in product failure rates and the resulting credit returns could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operating results for the period or periods in which such returns occur.

Warranty Reserves

For sales through distributors, the Company’s policy is to replace under warranty defective products at its own expense for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. This liability is limited to replacement of the product and freight and delivery costs. In certain cases, the Company may pay for rework. This warranty does not apply to any of such products which have been repaired or altered, except by the Company, or which have been subjected to misuse, negligence, or accident. The Company does not extend the original warranty period of any product which has either been repaired or replaced by the Company. The Company reserves for estimated warranty costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. The estimate is based on historical experience.  

Research and Development Expense
All research and development expenses that have no alternative future use are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and benefits of those employees engaged in research, new process development activities, new product design and development activities, costs related to design tools, license expenses related to intellectual property, supplies and services, depreciation and other occupancy costs.  The Company also expenses proto-type wafers and mask sets related to new products.

Net Income per Share

Basic net income is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through stock options and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of stock-based compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of those awards at their grant date.The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options, which requires various subjective assumptions including expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rates. The Company records this fair value as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee or director is to perform services in connection with the award (generally over the vesting period of the award). 

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. The Company makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, which arise from timing differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Such deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base, operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Changes in tax rates affect the deferred income tax assets and liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the tax rates are enacted.

Management must determine the probability that the Company will be able to utilize deferred tax assets. If it determines that recovery is unlikely, then a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset is recorded resulting in increased income tax expense. As of March 30, 2013, the Company believes that the deferred tax assets recorded on its balance sheet will be utilized.  However, should there be a change in the Company’s  ability to utilize or

59

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

recover its deferred tax assets, an additional income tax expense would be incurred in the period in which it was determined that the recovery is not probable.

On February 20, 2009, California enacted tax-related economic incentives and tax increases which included an election to apply a single sales factor apportionment formula for most businesses starting in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. As a result of the legislation during fiscal 2009, the Company revalued its California deferred tax assets expected to be realized.

The authoritative guidance on income taxes provides guidance on the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. This authoritative guidance also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. This authoritative guidance requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate, and consequently affect operating results. The reserve amount associated with this authoritative guidance was determined with considerable judgment and estimation, and is continuously monitored by management based on the best information available including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, ongoing tax audits, and other information.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising and promotional costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was immaterial for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value.  

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive loss, as presented on the accompanying balance sheets, consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax. The cost of a security sold or the amount of reclassified our of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings is determined based on specific identification of the security.

Reclassifications

For presentation purposes, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the reporting in the current period financial statements. These reclassifications do not affect the Company’s net income, as previously reported.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued an amendment regarding net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  This amendment does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  However, it requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  This amendment is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (the fiscal quarter ending June 29, 2013 for the Company). 

60

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

The Company is currently assessing the potential effect to its consolidated financial statements in applying this guidance.

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued new authoritative guidance regarding Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This amendment attempts to improve comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  In order to facilitate convergence with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), FASB has decided to eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.  Also, this amendment requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and interim periods within these years (the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012 for the Company) and is applied retrospectively.  On October 21, 2011, the FASB proposed a deferral of the requirement to present reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement. Companies would still be required to adopt all other requirements contained in the guidance. The adoption of these amended standards affected the presentation of other comprehensive income, as the Company has elected to present two separate but consecutive statements, but did not have an effect on its financial position or results of operations.

2.Fair Value

The Company measures its cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments at fair value.Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset and paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

A three-tiered fair value hierarchy is established as basis for considering the above assumptions and determining the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair values.  The three levels of inputs are defined as follows:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets.

Level 3 - Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses input that is significant to the fair value calculation, the instrument will be categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.  The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash equivalents and investment securities, both short-term and long-term.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short maturities.

The Company’s money market investments, certificates of deposit purchased directly from the bank, and Non Qualified Deferred Compensation (NQDCP) assets and liabilities are valued using Level 1 inputs. Fixed income

61

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

available-for-sale portfolio mainly consisting of municipal bonds, US government agency bonds, corporate bonds, commercial papers and certificates of deposit bought in the secondary market are valued using Level 2 inputs.

Included in the Company’s long-term investments are ARS, which are collateralized by student loans. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes for the Company’s investment portfolio of these ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model using Level 3 inputs. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods and contractual terms of the security.

In light of the current market condition for ARS, the Company developed different scenarios for the significant inputs used in the discounted cash flow model, including, but not limited to liquidity discount for the current ARS market, and the timing of recovery of ARS market from three to six years. The Company used a term of four years; current coupon rate range of .2%-.3%; discount margin range of 1.55%-2.05%; and illiquidity discount range of 3.04%- 5.05%. The Company believes these estimated ranges of inputs used for computing fair values of its ARS are appropriate taking into consideration historical ARS market data, the possibility of development of a secondary market for ARS, recent market participant behaviors, and public policy implications associated with the student loan based ARS market. The Company concluded that the fair value of its ARS was $13,800,000, or 92% of par value, as ofMarch 30, 2013 and recorded a temporary impairment of  $1,250,000 as a component of other comprehensive loss.

The Company also considered the quality, amount of collateral, and US government guarantee for a portion of the ARS and looked to other marketplace transactions and information received from other third party brokers in order to assess whether the fair value based on the discounted cash flow model was reasonable. The valuation of the Company’s investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may affect the Company’s valuation include changes to credit ratings of the securities as well as the underlying assets supporting those securities, rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral values, discount rates, counterparty risk and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity. Significant inputs to the investment valuations are unobservable in the active markets and therefore the Company’s ARS are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy.

The sensitivity to changes in the unobservable inputs and their impact on the fair value can be significant. The significant unobservable inputs for ARS are illiquidity, term and coupon forecast assumptions. The illiquidity and termassumptionsare negatively correlated to the fair value. An increase/decrease in the determined illiquidity or termassumption will lower/increase the fair value. The coupon forecast is positively correlated to the fair value. An increase/decrease in the determined coupon forecast will increase/decrease the fair value. A permutation that includes a change in the coupon forecast with a change in either or both of the two variables will mitigate the significance of the change to the fair value.

62

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, excluding accrued interest (in thousands):^_

	March 30, 2013
	Fair value measurements
Assets	Level 1			Level 2		Level 3		Total
Money market funds	$	13,476	(1)	$	-	$	-	$	13,476
Municipal bonds		-			58,658		-		58,658
Corporate bonds		-			25,825		-		25,825
Government agency bonds		-			16,187		-		16,187
Certificate of deposits		3,459			4,300		-		7,759
Commercial Papers					5,745				5,745
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP		9,673			-		-		9,673
Long-term investments in ARS		-			-		13,800		13,800
Total assets at fair value	$	26,608		$	110,715	$	13,800	$	151,123
Liabilities
Obligation related to NQDCP	$	9,673		$	-	$	-	$	9,673

	March 31, 2012
	Fair value measurements
Assets	Level 1			Level 2		Level 3		Total
Money market funds	$	16,453	(1)	$	-	$	-	$	16,453
Municipal bonds		-			32,268		-		32,268
Corporate bonds		-			36,947		-		36,947
Government agency bonds		-			26,010		-		26,010
Certificate of deposits		3,000			4,262		-		7,262
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP		8,650			-		-		8,650
Long-term investments in ARS		-			-		25,900		25,900
Total assets at fair value	$	28,103		$	99,487	$	25,900	$	153,490
Liabilities
Obligation related to NQDCP	$	8,650		$	-	$	-	$	8,650

^{____________________}

⁽¹⁾ Money market funds of $13,476,000 and  $16,453,000were classified as cash equivalents as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

63

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

There were no significant transfers between Level 1, Level 2 andLevel 3 during fiscal year 2013. The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Company’s level 3 assets during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013(in thousands):

Fair value measurements of assets using level 3 inputs		Long-term investments in ARS
Balance as of April 3, 2010	$	65,000
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(36,450)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		2,222
Change in fair value of existing ARS		(572)
Balance as of April 2, 2011		30,200
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(4,700)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		388
Change in fair value of existing ARS		12
Balance as of March 31, 2012		25,900
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(13,000)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		1,023
Change in fair value of existing ARS		(123)
Balance as of March 30, 2013	$	13,800

The Company recognizes transfers into and out of levels within the fair value hierarchy based on the transaction or the change in circumstances at the end of the fiscal month.

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the Company received $13,000,000 relating to ARS redeemed at par value.

Subsequent to March 30, 2013, the Company received two ARS redemptions at par value totaling  $12,950,000.

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of March 30, 2013, and March 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Cash	$	2,938	$	3,407
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds		13,476		16,453
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	16,414	$	19,860

64

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

The Company’s portfolio of short-term and long-term investments as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Carrying
		Cost		Gain		Loss		Value
Short-term investments:
Trading securities:
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP	$	9,673	$	-	$	-	$	9,673
Available-for-sale securities:
Municipal bonds		58,524		156		(22)		58,658
Corporate bonds		25,667		161		(3)		25,825
Government agency bonds		16,106		82		(1)		16,187
Certificates of deposits		7,758		5		(4)		7,759
Commercial Papers		5,743		2		-		5,745
Total short-term investments	$	123,471	$	406	$	(30)	$	123,847
Long-term investments:
Available-for sale securities	$	15,050	$	-	$	(1,250)	$	13,800
						.
	March 31, 2012
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Carrying
		Cost		Gain		Loss		Value
Short-term investments:
Trading securities
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP	$	8,650	$	-	$	-	$	8,650
Available-for-sale securities:
Municipal bonds		32,250		39		(21)		32,268
Corporate bonds		36,912		68		(33)		36,947
Government agency bonds		25,984		33		(7)		26,010
Certificates of deposits		7,267		4		(9)		7,262
Total short-term investments	$	111,063	$	144	$	(70)	$	111,137
Long-term investments:
Available-for sale securities	$	28,050	$	-	$	(2,150)	$	25,900

65

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments by contractual maturities are as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Short-term investment:
Trading securities:
Due in 12 months or less	$	9,673	$	8,650
Available-for-sale securities:
Due in 12 months or less		45,190		62,504
Due in 12 to 24 months		23,019		29,903
Due in 24 to 36 months		32,345		2,682
Due in 36 to 49 months		13,620		7,398
Total short-term investments	$	123,847	$	111,137
Long-term investment:
Available-for-sale securities at fair value:
Due after ten years	$	13,800	$	25,900
Total long-term investments	$	13,800	$	25,900

Short-term investments classified as trading securities for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 consisted entirely of investments in mutual funds held by the NQDCP. Unrealized gain on trading securities was $806,000 for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, compared to $250,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

The Company’s available-for-sale portfolio in fiscal 2013 was comprised of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papers and certificates of deposits.

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the Company disposed of short-term available-for-sale securities totaling $95,883,000 at par. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, the Company disposed of short-term available-for-sale securities totaling $166,681,000 and $142,098,000, respectively.  The realized gains and losses of these transactions were immaterial.

Historically, given the liquidity created by auctions, the Company’s ARS were presented as current assets under short-term investments on the Company’s balance sheet. However, since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 the ARS held by the Company have experienced failed auctions due to sales orders exceeding purchase orders, so the Company’s ARS are considered illiquid until there is a successful auction for them.

Accordingly, ARS with a par value of $15,050,000 and $28,050,000 were classified as non-current assets and were presented in long-term investments at fair value of $13,800,000 and $25,900,000, respectively, as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012. 

The ARS are investments with contractual maturities generally between 24 to 28 years. They are in the form of auction rate bonds, whose interest rates had historically been reset every seven to thirty-five days through an auction process. At the end of each reset period, investors could sell or continue to hold the securities at par. These ARS held by the Company are primarily backed by pools of student loans and a significant portion are collateralized and guaranteed by the United States Department of Education.  Until February 2012, the Company's ARS were rated by the major independent rating agencies as AAA.  However, one of the securities was downgraded by S&P in February 2012 to AA+, then in June 2012 to A with a negative outlook and was downgraded by Fitch in May 2013 to A with a watch negative.  Also in May 2013, the other ARS was downgraded from AAA to AAA with a watch negative by Fitch. The Company believes these downgrades have no impact on the fair value of this ARS.

As of March 30, 2013, all of the Company’s long-term investment securities were reported at fair value. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on the Company’s investment portfolio of ARS, the fair value was

66

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

estimated based on a discounted cash flow model. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods, and contractual terms of the security.

The Company concluded that the decline in the fair value of ARS investments as of March 30, 2013, was not other than temporary in part due to the following:

· the decline in the fair value is due to unusual general market conditions;

· these investments are of high credit quality and a significant portion of them are collateralized and are guaranteed by the US Department of Education;

· as of March 30, 2013, there have been no defaults on the ARS held by the Company;

· the Company’s ARS holdings are all rated at least A with a watch negative;

· the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investments until the anticipated recovery in market value occurs; and

· to the extent the Company’s ARS have been redeemed, they were redeemed at par value. The Company received redemptions of $13,000,000, $4,700,000 and $36,450,000, all at par value in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Subsequent to March 30, 2013, redemptions onthe Company's twoARS were received at par value,one fully redeemed for $12,800,000 and the otherpartially redeemed for $150,000.

If uncertainties in the credit and capital markets continue or these markets deteriorate further, the Company may incur additional impairments to its ARS holdings. The Company will continue to monitor its ARS holdings and may be required to record an impairment charge through the income statement if the decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary or the credit ratings of its ARS holdings decline. We have not recorded any losses due to deteriorated credit quality.

During the quarter ended December 29, 2012 the Company loaned $300,000 under a convertible promissory note to a private startup company developing products based on new technology. This private startup company currently intends to use the Company's ICs for its prototype systems. Sales to date have not been material for the Company. This loan was recorded as a long-term asset as of March 30, 2013. This unsecured loan accrues at a 5% annual interest rate with principle and interest convertible to preferred stock at a discount and matures on December 31, 2013.  The Company has the right to invest an additional $1,700,000 in the Company's next financing round and convert its current loan to equity at a discount.As of March 30, 2013 the Company had no ownership in this startup company and management believes that this loan of $300,000 is 100% realizable.

4.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Accounts receivable	$	7,671	$	8,447
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns		(336)		(426)
Total trade accounts receivable, net	$	7,335	$	8,021

67

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Allowances for doubtful accounts related to trade and other accounts receivable are (in thousands):

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	213	$	26	$	(133)	$	106
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	247	$	7	$	(41)	$	213
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	242	$	5	$	-	$	247

^{_________________________}

⁽¹⁾ Bad debt expense..

The allowance for doubtful accounts related to other receivable amounted to $62,000 for both March 31, 2012 and March 30, 2013.  As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, gross other receivable were $69,000 and $115,000, respectively. 

Allowances for sales returns are (in thousands):

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	213	$	259	$	(242)	$	230
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	234	$	91	$	(112)	$	213
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	217	$	556	$	(539)	$	234

^{________________________}

⁽¹⁾ Represents amounts charged to the allowance for sales returns.

The Company sells its products to OEMs through its direct sales and marketing personnel, and through its independent sales representative and distributors.  Sales to distributors and related cost of sales are recognized upon resale to their end customers. 

The Company has estimated that its OEM customer, General Electric Company, accounted for 12%, 11%, and 12% of its net sales from both direct and indirect channels for fiscal 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The sales to a distributor customer, YEL Electronics, accounted for 11% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2013. No other direct and/or indirect customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011.

5.INVENTORIES (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Raw materials	$	470	$	936
Work-in-process		7,310		8,221
Finished goods		2,324		4,195
Finished goods at distributors and on consignment		1,240		1,086
Total Inventories	$	11,344	$	14,438

The Company wrote down inventory totaling $1,847,000,  $4,667,000and$2,859,000for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The Company sold previously written down inventory of  $1,684,000,  $1,176,000and $1,358,000for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

68

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

6.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Land	$	825	$	825
Machinery and equipment		38,944		38,696
Leasehold improvements		3,098		3,076
Building		2,563		2,563
Furniture and fixtures		334		354
		45,764		45,514
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(41,430)		(40,573)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	4,334	$	4,941

7.PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES

The Company’sstandard policy is to accept the return of defective parts for credit from non-distributor customers for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. The Company records estimated product returns as  a reduction to revenue in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical experience, analysis of outstanding return material authorizations, and allowance authorization data. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the reductions to revenue for estimated product returns for the fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

For sales through distributors, the Company's policy is to replace under warranty defective products at its own expense for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. This liability is limited to replacement of the product as well as freight and delivery costs. In certain cases, the Company may pay for rework.

The Company reserves for estimated warranty costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. The estimate is based on historical expenses.The warranty reserveswere  $54,000 and $45,000, respectively,as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012. 

8.INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes are (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
United States	$	2,600	$	1,952	$	15,663
Foreign		2,154		2,893		2,117
Income before provision for income taxes		4,754		4,845		17,780

69

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Current:
Federal	$	799	$	375	$	4,416
State		8		115		(33)
Non-US		441		573		716
		1,248		1,063		5,099
Deferred:
Federal		(730)		(915)		(593)
State		1		(22)		998
Non-US		(12)		(30)		(6)
		(741)		(967)		399
Total provision for income taxes	$	507	$	96	$	5,498

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Tax provision at US statutory rates	34	%	35	%	35	%
State tax provision, net of Federal benefits	(1)		(9)		7
Tax credits	(15)		(10)		(3)
Domestic production activity deduction	-		-		(5)
Foreign earnings tax differential	(12)		(10)		-
Tax exempt investment income	(3)		(3)		(1)
Stock based compensation	1		1		-
Other	7		(2)		(2)
Effective income tax rate	11	%	2	%	31	%

On January 2, 2013, the President signed into law The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the "2012 Act"). Under prior law, a tax payer was entitled to a research tax credit for qualifying amounts paid or incurred on or before December 31, 2011. The 2012 Act extends the research credit for two years to December 31, 2013. The extension of the research credit is retroactive and includes amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 2011. As a result of the retroactive extension, the Company recognized a tax benefit of approximately $100,000. The tax benefit was recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013.

70

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

The functional currency of the Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary is the U.S. dollar.  As such, gains and losses resulting from remeasurement from local currency to the U.S. dollar are included in other income (expense), net.  Such gains and losses have not been material for any period presented.

Significant components of deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
Deferred tax assets:		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Inventory write downs	$	3,128	$	3,277
Temporary investment impairment		307		757
Accrued liabilities		3,496		3,206
Depreciation and amortization		615		660
Stock compensation		4,065		3,444
Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors		432		528
Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns		93		138
Accrued employee benefits		592		673
Other		1,724		1,295
Gross deferred tax assets		14,452		13,978
Valuation allowance		(1,276)		(947)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance		13,176		13,031
Deferred tax liabilities		(115)		(127)
Net deferred tax assets	$	13,061	$	12,904

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management has concluded it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its net deferred tax assets. Management reached this conclusion based on its current expectations of future income. Therefore, the amount of the deferred tax asset that is realizable could be reduced in the near term if actual results differ significantly from estimates of future taxable income.

Changes in valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and April 2, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	947	$	557	$	(228)	$	1,276
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	424	$	419	$	104	$	947
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	816	$	1,161	$	(1,553)	$	424

^{_________________________}

⁽¹⁾ A valuation allowance was placed on the Company’s California deferred tax assets.   

Management’s intent is to indefinitely reinvest any undistributed earnings from its Hong Kong subsidiary. Accordingly, no provision for Federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon, nor is it practical to determine the amount of this liability. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company will be subject to United States income taxes. 

In fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the Company reversed tax benefits of $166,000 and $82,000, respectively, which had been previously recorded on the recognition of stock-based compensation expense for non-qualified stock options, whereas in fiscal 2011 the Company had recorded such tax benefits of $13,000. Such benefits were recognized as

71

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

an increase to shareholders’ equitywhile the fiscal 2013 and 2012 reversal was recognized as a decrease to shareholders’ equity.

During the year ended March 30, 2013, the liability for uncertain tax positions less accrued interest and penalties decreased from $3,661,000 to $3,160,000.  Of the total $3,160,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, $2,275,000 represents the amount that if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in any future periods.  The Company cannot conclude on the range of cash payments that will be made within the next twelve months associated with its uncertain tax positions.

A reconciliation of the April 2, 2011 through March 30, 2013 amount of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) is as follows (in thousands):
	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Beginning balance	$	3,661	$	4,052	$	4,142
(Decreases) increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years' UTB		(34)		(3)		141
Increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to current year's UTB		200		174		481
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits related to lapsing statute of limitations		(667)		(562)		(712)
Ending balance	$	3,160	$	3,661	$	4,052

The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. For the year ended March 30, 2013, the Company recorded estimated reduction in interest of $56,000 and estimated penalties of $6,000, which accumulated to balances of $438,000 for estimated interest and $158,000 for estimated penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The liability for uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and accrued penaltiesas ofMarch 30, 2013was  $1,100,000 related to tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the statute of limitations will expire in various jurisdictions within the next twelve months. 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions, including federal, state and foreign.  The Company’s federal and state income tax returns are generally not subject to examination by taxing authorities for fiscal years before 2002. The Company has filed all tax returns for jurisdictions in which the Company does business, and there are no open examinations.

9.   COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

As of March 30, 2013, the total unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments amounted to $874,000, which was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $310,000.As ofMarch 31, 2012, the total unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments amounted to $2,076,000, which was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $731,000.

72

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

10. COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES

Share repurchase activities were as follows:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Number of shares repurchased		498,000		901,000		273,000
Cost of shares repurchased	$	8,673,000	$	17,139,000	$	6,267,000
Average price per share	$	17.42	$	19.02	$	22.97

In January 2011, the Board of Directors designated $60,000,000 of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments for a major stock repurchase through March 30, 2013, and accordingly increased the Company’s share repurchase program from approximately 556,000 shares to 2,500,000 shares. The amended repurchase program has no expiration date except,unless extended, when an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares have been repurchased, either on the open market or through private transactions.From January 2011 through March 30, 2013, the Company applied approximately $32 million to stock repurchases.  As of March 30, 2013, there were approximately 828,000 shares authorized for future repurchase under the Company’s current program.

In addition to the current repurchase program, the Company had other programs since 1992 and under all such programs through March 30, 2013, the Company has repurchased a total of approximately 4,016,000 shares of the common stock for an aggregate cost of $68,630,000. Upon their repurchase, shares are restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

11.EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Profit Sharing Plan - The Company has a discretionary profit sharing plan for the benefit of eligible employees.  Related expenses were $361,000, $463,000  and $1,672,000, in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Savings and Retirement Plan - The Supertex 401K Savings and Retirement Plan allows for employee savings intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC).  Employees having at least three months of service may make pretax contributions of up to the IRC maximum allowable amount of their qualified compensation.  The Company matches certain percentages of employee contributions, all of which are 100% vested.  In fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company's matching contributions were $158,000,  $182,000and $179,000, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan - The Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “NQDCP”) is a plan that covers a select group of senior management or highly compensated employees of the Company.  The NQDCP was adopted by the Company, effective January 1, 1996.  The Plan assets as of March 30, 2013of $9,673,000were included in short-term investments in the Company's consolidated balance sheet and classified as trading securities.  Such assets shall at all times be subject to claims of the general creditors of the Company. The Company’s liability for this plan as of March 30, 2013 amounts to $9,673,000 and this amount is included in accrued salaries and employee benefits in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not make matching or other contributions to the Plan. An increase or decrease in the fair value of the Company's NQDCP assets corresponds to an increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability. To recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP plan assets, we record the difference in fair value to other income (expense) net. Correspondingly, to recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability, we record the difference to other benefits expense.

NQDCP obligations are based on the fair value of the underlying assets owed to participants as stipulated by the NQDCP and are included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.  The Executive Compensation Committee is responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the NQDCP and for

73

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

carrying out its provisions.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan - The shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and the reservation of shares of common stock for issuance under this Plan at the August 18, 2000 annual shareholders meeting. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP is 500,000 plus an annual increase on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year of the lesser of 100,000 shares or three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares on that date or a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors. During fiscal 2013,  the Board of Directors determined not to increase the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP. Eligible employees may elect to withhold up to 20% of their cash compensation to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 95% of the market value of the stock at the ending of a six-month offering period.  An eligible employee may purchase no more than 500 shares of common stock during any six-month accumulation period.

For fiscal year 2013, there were  6,025 shares of the Company’s common stock that were issued under the ESPP compared to 8,369 shares and 7,422shares of common stock issued in fiscal 2012 and 2011 respectively. There were 190,534 shares available for future issuance under the ESPP as of March 30, 2013.

Stock Option Plans -The Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) and the reservation of 2,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under 2001 Plan at the August 17, 2001 annual meeting of shareholders. Options granted under the 2001 Plan were granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and generally expired seven years from the date of grant or thirty days after termination of service, whichever occurs first.  The options generally vest over five years, 20% on the date one year after their vesting start date and 20% at the end of each of the following four years. On August 24, 2006, the Company’s board of directors approved a change in grant policy of the 2001 Plan to only grant non-statutory stock options to better align the Company’s compensation plan to employee incentives and to Company objectives. On August 17, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved that all future stock option grants would have a ten-year term, which is within the guidelines of the Company’s 2001 Plan, subject to earlier expiration thirty days after termination of service. No further options may be granted under the 2001 Plan due to the adoption of the new equity incentive plan as described in the following paragraph.

The Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) at the August 14, 2009 annual meeting for shareholders. Under the 2009 Plan, the total number of shares of Company common stock reserved for issuance  consists of 1,000,000 shares plus (1) the 159,509 shares which remained authorized for issuance under the 2001 Plan but which were not subject to outstanding stock awards as of August 14, 2009, and (2) those of the 1,440,400 shares subject to stock awards outstanding under the 2001 Plan as of August 14, 2009, that terminate prior to exercise and would otherwise be returned to the share reserves under the 2001 Plan, with the total shares in addition to the 1,000,000 shares thus being up to a maximum of 1,599,909 shares. The 2009 Plan allows the Company to continue its prior option practices under the 2001 Plan to grant non-statutory options to key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company’s options typically have a term of ten years and vest over five years, 20% on the date one year after their vesting start date and 20% at the end of each of the following four years. The 2009 Plan also provides the Company with the flexibility in designing equity incentives, including restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, and performance cash awards.

74

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Activities under the 2001 and 2009 Plans are as follows:

		Options Outstanding
	Available For Grant	Shares	Price Per Share						Weighted Average Exercise Price per share
Balance, April 3, 2010	1,117,289	1,444,942	$	15.67	-	$	46.92	$	27.31
Granted	(285,040)	285,040		22.01	-		27.23		25.07
Exercised	-	(129,760)		15.67	-		25.30		16.13
Canceled	145,600	(145,600)		20.85	-		41.05		30.84
Balance, April 2, 2011	977,849	1,454,622		15.67	-		46.92		27.57
Granted	(374,580)	374,580		18.46	-		21.86		23.63
Exercised	-	(77,080)		15.67	-		20.86		18.15
Canceled	74,160	(74,160)		18.51	-		41.05		25.75
Balance, March 31, 2012	677,429	1,677,962		17.39	-		46.92		26.49
Granted	(117,500)	117,500		17.29	-		22.59		19.39
Exercised	-	(25,600)		17.39	-		20.86		18.73
Canceled	237,222	(237,222)		18.18	-		46.92		31.58
Balance, March 30, 2013	797,151	1,532,640	$	17.29	-	$	46.92	$	25.29

As of March 30, 2013, options outstanding and options exercisable under the 2001 Option Plan had intrinsic values of $422,000 and $344,000, respectively, and options outstanding and options exercisable under the 2009 Plan had intrinsic values of $1,019,000 and $129,000, respectively.

The options outstanding and currently exercisable by exercise price under the 2001 and the 2009 Plans as of March 30, 2013 are as follows:

					Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices					Number Outstanding	Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price	Number Outstanding		Weighted-Average Exercise Price
$	17.29	-	$	19.99	307,940	8.57	$	18.87	38,760	$	18.95
	20.00	-		24.99	625,120	6.67		21.48	357,096		21.18
	25.00	-		29.99	290,080	5.86		26.94	203,552		26.96
	30.00	-		34.99	85,500	4.48		33.93	85,500		33.93
	35.00	-		39.99	89,300	4.13		35.83	89,300		35.83
	40.00	-		44.99	118,700	0.60		40.85	118,700		40.85
	45.00	-		46.92	16,000	0.67		46.92	16,000		46.92
$	17.29	-	$	46.92	1,532,640	6.10	$	25.29	908,908	$	28.04

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $7.98, $7.88  and $10.14per share, respectively.  All options were granted at the closing trading price of the Company's common stock on the date prior to the date of grant. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013was $40,000, compared to $178,000and $852,000 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, respectively.

75

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

The stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012, and April 2, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Cost of sales	$	472	$	590	$	676
Research and development expenses		1,348		1,271		1,394
Selling, general and administrative expenses		981		1,170		1,029
Total stock-based compensation expense		2,801		3,031		3,099

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the Company granted 87,500 options with an estimated total grant date fair value of $698,000 to its employees. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the Company granted 374,580 options with an estimated total grant date fair value of $2,951,000. During the fiscal year ended April 2, 2011, the Company granted285,040 options with an estimated total grant date fair value of $2,891,000.

As of March 30, 2013, the unrecognized employee stock-based compensation cost balance related to stock options, net of forfeitures,  was $3,531,000 and will be recognized over an estimated weighted average amortization period of approximately 1.72 years.

Valuation Assumptions

In valuing the stock-based compensation expense, the options and awards were stratified into two categories, namely: directors and officers (“D&O”) and all other employees (“All Others”), as the experiences of these two groups were different for the expected term of the options. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model using the following assumptions:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
	Directors & Officers	All Other Employees	Directors & Officers	All Other Employees
Expected term (years)	6.5	5.25-6.00	6.5	4.75-5.00
Stock volatility	40.45%	40.10% - 40.66%	43.75%	41.01% - 41.36%
Risk free interest rates	0.93%	0.66% - 0.99%	1.34%	0.83% - 1.49%
Dividend yields	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

The Company analyzed various data points to determine the most accurate expected term by group. In the course of its analysis, it considered various factors, including vesting terms and period of awards, contractual term of the award, employee historical exercise, post-vesting employment termination behavior, expected term data from peer companies and various other factors.  The Company has identified its own historical volatility to be the most appropriate and most representative of the expected volatility rate to be used for valuing stock-based compensation under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected volatility was based on the expected term of the two groups of options to be valued.  The Company continues to use the estimate of risk-free rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  The Company since inception has never paid a regular dividend, only paying a special dividend during fiscal 2013 of $1.00 per share of outstanding common stock, totaling $11,523,000. As a result, the Company assumes an expected dividend yield of zero

During fiscal 2013, the Board of Directors declared and paid a special dividend of $1.00 per share of the Company's outstanding common stock, totaling $11,523,000. The Company did not pay cash dividends in fiscal 2012. 

76

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

12.  NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic net income per share is calculated in accordance with the authoritative guidance for earnings per share, which requires dual presentation of basic and diluted net income per share on the face of the income statement.  Basic net income per share is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of all dilutive stock option grants and ESPP shares representing potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator (net income) and the denominator (number of shares) used in the basic and diluted net income per share calculations.

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282
BASIC:
Weighted average shares outstanding for the period		11,716		12,340		12,976
Net income per share	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.95
DILUTED:
Weighted average shares outstanding for the period		11,716		12,340		12,976
Effect of dilutive securities: stock options and ESPP		2		11		54
Total		11,718		12,351		13,030
Net income per share	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.94

Options to purchase  1,649,046 shares of the Company’s common stock at an average price of $26.28 per share,  1,551,348 shares at an average price of $27.14 per share, and 1,303,654 shares at an average price of $28.72 per share in fiscal 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

13.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in one business segment comprising of the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of high voltage analog and mixed signal integrated circuits.

77

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

A breakdown of the Company’s total sales to customers in the medical electronics, LED lighting,printer/EL,  telecom,and industrial/other markets for the years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and April 2, 2011 are shown below (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
Net Sales		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Medical Electronics	$	23,773	$	26,363	$	30,193
Printers/EL		14,168		16,482		16,390
Industrial/Other		9,292		11,801		14,576
LED Lighting		8,234		6,624		13,327
Telecom		5,533		4,265		8,686
Total Net Sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172

The Company's principal markets are in Asia, the US, and Europe.  Below is a summary of net sales by major geographic area for the years ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011(in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
Net Sales		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
United States	$	18,461	$	22,942	$	24,304
China		17,101		16,189		21,120
Korea		6,939		4,045		4,985
Europe		6,497		6,494		12,503
Singapore		6,326		8,743		8,140
Asia (excluding China, Korea and Singapore)		5,253		6,805		11,497
Other		423		317		623
Net Sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172

Sales are attributed to geographic location based on product shipment destination location.

Property, plant and equipment, net by country was as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
United States	$	3,483	$	4,019
Hong Kong		851		922
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	4,334	$	4,941

14.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

As part of the Company’s acquisition of a six-inch wafer fabrication operation in fiscal 1999, the Company assumed an operating lease for its manufacturing facility.  On April 16, 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the amendment of the lease extending the lease term by five years, expiring on April 30, 2016 at a specified new rent schedule.  Beginning May 2011, the monthly rent was $48,000 with a provision for an annual increase of approximately 3% in each of the following five years.  The Company is responsible for maintenance costs, including property taxes, utilities, insurance and other costs. As of March 30, 2013, the

78

SUPERTEX, INC.

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS – (CONTINUED)

Company had an asset retirement obligation of approximately $622,000 as a result of the provisions under this operating lease to restore the property to its original condition at the end of the lease period.The Company is accreting up to this liability over the related lease period, and as of March 30, 2013, the recorded liability which is included in other accrued liabilities amounts to $575,000.

The Company also leases a facility to house its operations in Hong Kong under an operating lease for the equivalent of approximately $19,900 per month exclusive of building maintenance fees, rates, taxes and other duties imposed by the government of Hong Kong upon the leased property.  The original lease for 23,600 square feet and a lease for additional space of 4,500 square feet were combined and renewed in November 2012. This lease covers three years from December 1, 2012 to November 30, 2015.  A lease for additional space of 10,000 square feet was renewed in August 2011and covers three years from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2014. The Company has an option to renew all three of these Hong Kong leases for an additional three years.

The Company has other operating leases for its field sales offices in Shenzhen & Shanghai, China, Taiwan, Japan, and Korea expiring at various dates through fiscal year 2016.

Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases as of March 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Payment Due by Fiscal Year	Operating Lease
2014	$	908
2015		853
2016		784
2017		55
	$	2,600

Facilities rental expenses (net of sublease income) were approximately$1,086,000 in fiscal year 2013. Facilities rental expenses were $1,070,000 in fiscal year 2012 and $1,068,000 in fiscal 2011.

Indemnification

As is customary in the Company’s industry, the Company has agreed to defend certain customers, distributors, suppliers, and subcontractors against certain claims, which third parties may assert that its products allegedly infringe certain of their intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, trade secrets, or copyrights.  The Company has agreed to pay certain amounts of any resulting damage awards and typically has the option to replace any infringing product with non-infringing product.  The terms of these indemnification obligations are generally perpetual from the effective date of the agreement.  In certain cases, there are limits on and exceptions to the Company’s potential liability for indemnification relating to intellectual property infringement claims.  The Company cannot estimate the amount of potential future payments, if any, that it might be required to make as a result of these agreements.  To date, the Company has not paid any damage award or been required to defend any claim related to its indemnification obligations, and accordingly, it has not accrued any amount for indemnification obligations.  However, there can be no assurance that the Company will not have any financial exposure under those indemnification obligations in the future.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time the Company is subject to possible claims or assessments from third parties arising in the normal course of business.  Management has reviewed such possible claims and assessments with legal counsel and believes that it is unlikely that they will result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

79

SUPERTEX, INC.

EXHIBIT INDEX

(The Registrant will furnish to any shareholders who so request a copy of this Annual Report on Form 10-K and any Exhibit listed below, provided that the Registrant may require payment of a reasonable fee not to exceed its expense in furnishing such information.)

(
3.	Exhibits.
	Exhibit	Exhibit Description
	3.1 (1)	Restated Articles of Incorporation of Registrant filed May 21, 1980.
	3.2 (1)	Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed April 16, 1981.
	3.3 (1)	Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed September 30, 1983.
	3.4 (1)	Certificate of Amendment of Articles of Incorporation filed October 14, 1988.
	3.5 (2)	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant.
	10.1(1)*	Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan, which became effective January 1, 1996, as most recently amended on December 1, 2008.
	10.2 (1)	Lease 71 Vista Montana, San Jose, California, comprised of a lease dated December 7, 1988, and five amendments (5/4/89; 6/18/90; 12/21/95; 2/1/99; and 1/23/04) and two assignments (11/15/96 and 2/1/99) with Sobrato Development Companies #871, as landlord, and Supertex, Inc., as assignee/tenant.
	10.3 (3)	Sixth Amendment to Lease of 71 Vista Montana, San Jose, California dated April 16, 2010, with Sobrato Development Companies #871, as landlord, and Supertex, Inc., as assignee/tenant.
	10.4 (1)	Leases of Hong Kong Facility dated 5/16/08,  9/11/09, and 9/11/09 with Jing Wah Garments Mfg. Co. Ltd.
	10.5(4)*	2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
	10.6 (5)*	2001 Stock Option Plan.
	10.7(6)*	2009 Equity Incentive Plan.
	10.8 (1)*	Profit Sharing Bonus Incentive Plan.
	10.9*	Form of Change of Control Agreement entered into by and between Registrant and each Executive Officer
	21.1	Subsidiary of the Registrant.
	23.1	Consent of BDO USA, LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	23.2	Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm.
	24.1	Power of Attorney (See signature page).
	31.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	31.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Securities Exchange Act Rules 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a), as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.1	Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	32.2	Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.
	(1)	Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 10.1, 10.2, 10.4, and 10.8 to Registrant’s Annual Report on Form 10-K dated, filed with the SEC on June 11, 2010 are hereby incorporated by reference.
	(2)	Exhibit 3.6 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 21, 2007, filed with the SEC on December 28, 2007, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(3)	Exhibit 10.9 to Registrant’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 16, 2010, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2010 is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(4)	Exhibit 4.1 to Registrant's Registration Statement on Form S-8 (File No. 333-47606) which was filed with the SEC and became effective on October 10, 2000, is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(5)	Appendix B of Registrant’s amended Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on August 7, 2001 (File No. 000-12718) is hereby incorporated by reference.
	(6)	Appendix 1 of Registrant’s Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed on July 2, 2009 (File No. 000-12718) is hereby incorporated by reference.
	*	Denotes a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.

80

81

EX-10.9

EXHIBIT 10.9

CHANGE OF CONTROL AGREEMENT

Introduction

This Change of Control Agreement (this “Agreement”) is made this_______ day of ______________, 2012 by and between _________________________ (the “Officer) and Supertex, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company).

Recitals

WHEREAS, the Officer is employed by the Company; and

WHEREAS, the Company and the Officer desire to enter into this Agreement, which provides for, among other provisions, the payment of severance and other benefits to the Officer upon the termination of the Officer’s employment with the Company under certain circumstances within the year following a Change of Control (as hereinafter defined in part in order to provide an incentive for the Officer to continue in the employ of the Company through the liquidity event resulting in a Change of Control).  

Agreement

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the facts and premises contained in the above Recitals and the mutual covenants contained below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.  Definitions.  

(a)Change of Control.  For purposes of this Agreement only, a Change of Control shall be defined as the occurrence of any of the following events:  

(i)  the consummation of an acquisition, merger or consolidation of the Company by or with any other corporation or other entity that has been approved by the stockholders of the Company, other than a merger or consolidation that would result in the beneficial owners of voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) more than fifty percent (50%) of the total voting power represented by the voting securities of the Company or such surviving entity outstanding immediately after such acquisition, merger or consolidation; or

(ii)  the consummation of a sale of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets; or

(iii)  the commencement and subsequent conduct of a tender offer resulting in a majority of shares being acquired by the tender offeror; or

(iv)a change in composition of a majority of the board over a period of up to two years except where incumbent directors approve such change. 

1

(b)Cause.  For purposes of this Agreement only, the Company shall have Cause to terminate the Officer’s employment for violations of the Company’s Code of Business Conduct and Ethics Policy orother Company policies, such as Insider Trading and Anti-Fraud;breach of an Officer’s agreement with the Company; breach of confidentiality or duty of loyalty  (essentially not diverting corporate assets, opportunities, or information for personal gain and not knowingly violating the duty of care or approving illegal acts); failure to follow instructions from a supervisor; and failure of attendance. The Company must either (a) provide (2) two weeks notice,  of such violation, breach, or failure in order to allow the Officer a cure period to remedy the situation; or (b) the Company may terminate the Officer offering two weeks pay in lieu in such notice and cure period, in which case the Officer may nonetheless attempt to remedy the situation during the following two weeks.  If the terminated Officer notifies the Company during such two weeks that such Officer believes that the Officer has remedied the situation and if the Company agrees, then the Company may elect either to reinstate the Officer’s employment or to leave the employment termination in effect, in which case the Officer’s employment will be deemed to have terminated without Cause.

(c)Voluntary Resignation for Good Reason.  A Voluntary Resignation for Good Reason shall mean a timely voluntary resignation by Officer following the existence of any one of the following conditions or events, provided that, within sixty (60) days of the initial existence of such condition or event, the Officer provides Company thirty (30) days notice of such existence, during which period the Company’s may cure the condition or event: 

(i) a material change in Officer’s position, duties, or responsibilities, without Officer’s consent, which results in a material reduction of Officer’s level of responsibility, or the assignment of duties and responsibilities which are materially inconsistent with Officer’s position or responsibilities, given the size and complexity of the post-merger company compared to the pre-merger Company;

(ii) a  material reduction by the Company in the Officer’s annual salary then in effect, without Officer’s consent, except for an across the board pay cut of up to 10% or 20% for persons at the officer level;

(iii) a material reduction without the Officer’s consent in the level of profit sharing (or bonus), except if such change is consistent with similarly situated officers and employees of the Company;

(iv) a re-assignment of Officer's primary place of employment to a location that is outside the Bay Area or outside Silicon Valleywhich may materially and adversely affect the Officer's commute based on Officer's principal place of employment immediately prior to the time such reassignment is announced.  

Officer’s resignation shall be timely if it occurs within four weeks of the expiration of the notice period.

(d)Closing Date. Closing Date shall mean the date of the occurrence of any of the events constituting a Change of Control.

(e)       Termination Date.  Termination Date shall mean the date the Officer’s employment is terminated either by the Company other than for Cause or by the Officer’s Voluntary Resignation for Good Reason.

2

(f)Vesting Period. To receive full benefits as outlined in Item 2, the Officer must be have been employed by the Company during the entiretwelve (12) months prior to the Closing Date. If employed less than twelve months, the benefits, including accelerated vesting of outstanding stock options, will be pro-rated based on the number of months employed divided by twelve.

2.  Severance Payments and Benefits.  If, during the twelve (12)-month period following the Closing Date, either (A) the Company shall terminate the Officer’s employment other than for Cause or (B) there shall be aVoluntary Resignation for Good Reason by Officer, then Officer shall be entitled to the severance benefits described below (subject to 1(f) above and Sections 3 and 8 below).  Unless Officer is terminated for Cause, Officer shall also be entitled to such benefits if Officer’s employment so ceased after the Company’s board of directors approved either a letter of intent or a term sheet to effect a transaction that would constitute a Change in Control but before the closing of such transaction, and if such closing occurs within four (4) months of such employment termination in which case the twelve-month period referred to in Section 1(f) shall end on the date of such employment termination rather than the Closing Date.

(a)Severance Payments.  The Company shall pay the Officer severance in the form of salary continuation at Officer’s then pay rate in monthly payments on the dates the Company pays its other US employees after deducting applicable withholding taxes after the Termination Date for up to twelve months or until the Officer finds another position whichever is sooner.

(b)Profit sharing.  In addition to the severance payments set forth in Section 2(a) above, the Company shall pay the Officer the regular profit sharing distribution from the Profit Sharing Reserve for the earned but unpaid profit sharing amount Officer would have received as if there were no Change of Control. The profit sharing amount shall be paid in a lump sum in cash after deducting regular taxes during the first week of June or December after the Termination Date when the Company typically would determine and pay profit sharing.  

(c)Stock Options.  All outstanding stock options shall fully vest as to that number of unvested shares and become exercisable until the earlier of (i) the original term of the option or (ii) twelve (12) months from the date of termination. Such accelerated vesting is subject to Item 1(f).

(d)Benefits. The Company shall offer to provide a continuation of medical and dental benefits by offering to reimburse Officer for Officer’s COBRA premiums should Officer elect COBRA; provided in each case that such benefits would cease sooner if and when the Officer becomes covered by the plans of another employer.

3.  Release of the Company and Its Affiliates. Officer’s receipt of the benefits described in Paragraphs 2(a)-(d) above shall be contingent upon Officer executing within sixty (60) days of Officer’s employment termination a general release of claims prescribed by the Company, which releases and discharges the Company and any past, present or future agents, attorneys, directors, officers, stockholders, employees, affiliates, predecessors and successors of the Company, of and from any and all claims and demands of every kind and nature, in law, equity or otherwise, known or unknown, disclosed or undisclosed, and a covenant not to sue or prosecute any legal action or proceeding based upon such claims provided that (i) this release shall not extend to claims for indemnity by Officer in Officer’s capacity as an officer, director, or employee of the Company or to Officer’s rights to payment under the Company’s Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan or to Officer’s claim for unreimbursed expenses, payment of vacation accrual, and payment of salary accrued but not paid

3

during the pay period in which the employment termination occurred and (ii) the requirement contemplated in this Section 3 shall not serve to modify the time and form of payment of a nonqualified deferred compensation subject to Section 409A of the Code payable under this Agreement.  The Company will commence payment of the salary continuation and profit sharing according to the schedule in item 2, provided that prior to such initial payment date the release described above is effective and not revoked atsuch time. The first payment thereof will include a catch-uppayment covering the amount that would have otherwise beenpaid during the period between Officer’s termination of employmentand the first payment date but for the application of thisprovision, and the balance of the installments will be payable inaccordance with their original schedule. The payments shall also be subject to Section 8 below.

4.  Successors.  This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors and assigns.  Neither this Agreement nor any right or interest hereunder shall be assignable or transferable by Officer or Officer’s beneficiaries or legal representatives, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution.  This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be enforceable by Officer’s legal personal representative.

5.  Governing Law.  The interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California.

6.  Entire Agreement.  This Agreement represents the entire Agreement and understanding between the Company and the Officer concerning the Officer’s termination of employment with the Company after or within four months before a Change of Control. 

7.  Amendment or Waiver.  No provision of this Agreement may be amended unless and to the extent such amendment is agreed to in writing and signed by both the Officer and an authorized officer of the Company.  No waiver by either party of any breach by the other party of any condition, obligation, performance or provision contained in this Agreement shall be deemed a waiver of a similar or dissimilar condition or provision at the same or any prior or subsequent time. Any waiver must be in writing and signed by the party to be charged with the waiver.

8.  Section 409A.  For purposes of this Agreement, a termination of employment will be determined consistent withthe rules relating to a “separation from service” as defined in Section 409A of the Code and theregulations thereunder (“Section 409A”). Notwithstanding anything else provided herein, to theextent any payments provided under this Agreement in connection with your termination of

employment constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, and Officer is deemed at

the time of such termination of employment to be a “specified employee” under Section 409A,

then such payment shall not be made or commence until the earlier of (i) the expiration of the 6-

month period measured from Officer’s separation from service from the Company or (ii) the date of

Officer’s death following such a separation from service; provided, however, that such deferral shall

only be effected to the extent required to avoid the additional tax for which Officer would otherwise be liable under Section 409A(a)(1)(B)in the absence of such a deferral. The first payment thereof will include a catch-up paymentcovering the amount that would have otherwise been paid during the period between Officer’stermination of employment and the first payment date but for the application of this provision, andthe balance of the installments (if any) will be payable in accordance with their original schedule.To the extent that any provision of this Agreement is ambiguous as to its compliance with Section409A, the provision will be read in such a manner so that all payments hereunder comply withSection 409A. To the extent any payment under this Agreement may be classified as a “shorttermdeferral” within the meaning of Section 409A, such payment shall be deemed a short-termdeferral,

4

even if it may also qualify for an exemption from Section 409A under another provisionof Section 409A. Payments pursuant to this section are intended to constitute separatepayments for purposes of Section 1.409A-2(b)(2) of the Treasury Regulations. Any amounts otherwise payable on account of the Officer’s termination of employment under this Agreement which (i) constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A, (ii) are conditioned in any part on a release of claims and (iii) would otherwise be paid (assuming the release is given) prior to the last day on which the release could become irrevocable assuming the Officer’s latest possible execution and delivery of the release (such last day, the “Release Deadline”) shall not be paid prior to the calendar year in which the Release Deadline occurs, even if the Officer’s release becomes irrevocable in the prior calendar year.  Any amounts deferred pursuant to the preceding sentence will be paid in a lump sum on the earliest permitted payment date and the balance of the installments, if any, will be payable in accordance with their original schedule.

9.  Severability.  If any provision of this Agreement orthe application thereof to any person, place, or circumstance, shall be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, unenforceable, or void, the remainder of this Agreement and such provisions as applied to other persons, places, and circumstances shall remain in full force and effect.

Authorized Signatures

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Change of Control Agreement on the dates indicated below to be effective as of the date first above written.  

Supertex, Inc., a California corporation Officer

By:  ___________________________       ___________________________

    Signature    Signature

_______________________________ ___________________________

      Printed Name      Printed Name

___________________________

Title

_________________________________________________________

       Date ExecutedDate Executed

5

EX-21.1

EXHIBIT 21.1

SUBSIDIARIES OF THE REGISTRANT

The following identifies the Registrant’s wholly-owned subsidiary as defined in Rule 1-02(w) of Regulation S-X.

Name	Jurisdiction of Incorporation	Year Organized
Supertex Limited	Hong Kong	2001

EX-23.1

EXHIBIT 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Supertex, Inc.

Sunnyvale, California

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-167578, 333-69594, 333-47606 and 033-43691) of Supertex, Inc. of our reports dated June 12, 2013, relating to the consolidated financial statements, and the effectiveness of Supertex, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting, which appear in this Form 10-K.

/s/ BDO USA, LLP

San Jose, California

June 12, 2013

EX-23.2

EXHIBIT 23.2

CONSEN T OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement on Form S-8 (Nos. 333-167578, 333-69594, 333-47606 and 033-43691) of Supertex, Inc. of our report dated June 13, 2011, except with respect to our opinion on the consolidated financial statements insofar as it relates to the effects of the change in the non-cash amortization of premiums paid on debt investments within the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows discussed in Note 1 - Revision to previously issued financial statements, as to which the date is June 13, 2012, relating to the consolidated financial statements, which appears in this Form 10-K .

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Jose, California

June 12, 2013

EX-31.1

EXHIBIT 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

I, Henry C. Pao, certify that:

1.   I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Supertex, Inc., a California corporation;

2.   Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.   Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.   The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

(a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusion about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.   The Registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

(b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated:  June 12, 2013	/s/ HENRY C. PAO
	Henry C. Pao, Ph.D.
	President & Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

EX-31.2

EXHIBIT 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS UNDER RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)

I, Phillip A. Kagel, certify that:

1.    I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Supertex, Inc., a California corporation;

2.    Based on my knowledge, this annual report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this annual report;

3.    Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this annual report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this annual report;

4.    The Registrant’s other officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and have:

(a)   designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this annual report is being prepared;

(b)   designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)   evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusion about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this annual report based on such evaluation; and

(d)   disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5.    The Registrant’s other officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

(a)   all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize, and report financial information; and

(b)   any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Dated:  June 12, 2013	/s/ PHILLIP A. KAGEL
	Phillip A. Kagel
	Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

EX-32.1

EXHIBIT 32.1

STATEMENT OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. § 1350

I, Henry C. Pao, the chief executive officer of Supertex, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), certify pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, that to my knowledge:

(i)the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ending March 30, 2013 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), whichever is applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

(ii)the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated:  June 12, 2013	/s/ HENRY C. PAO
	Henry C. Pao, Ph.D.
	President  & Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)

The material contained in this Exhibit 32.1 is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

EX-32.2

EXHIBIT 32.2

STATEMENT OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER UNDER 18 U.S.C. § 1350

I, Phillip A. Kagel, the chief financial officer of Supertex, Inc., a California corporation (the “Company”), certify pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, that to my knowledge:

(i)the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ending March 30, 2013 (the “Report”), fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d), whichever is applicable, of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and

(ii)the information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

Dated:  June 12, 2013	/s/ PHILLIP A. KAGEL
	Phillip A. Kagel
	Vice President, Finance and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

The material contained in this Exhibit 32.2 is not deemed “filed” with the SEC and is not to be incorporated by reference into any filing of the Company under the Securities Act of 1933 or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, whether made before or after the date hereof and irrespective of any general incorporation language contained in such filing.

XML

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES [Abstract]

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES

10. COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES

Share repurchase activities were as follows:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Number of shares repurchased		498,000		901,000		273,000
Cost of shares repurchased	$	8,673,000	$	17,139,000	$	6,267,000
Average price per share	$	17.42	$	19.02	$	22.97

In January 2011, the Board of Directors designated $60,000,000 of the Company’s cash, cash equivalents and investments for a major stock repurchase through March 30, 2013, and accordingly increased the Company’s share repurchase program from approximately 556,000 shares to 2,500,000 shares. The amended repurchase program has no expiration date except,unless extended, when an aggregate of 2,500,000 shares have been repurchased, either on the open market or through private transactions.From January 2011 through March 30, 2013, the Company applied approximately $32 million to stock repurchases.  As of March 30, 2013, there were approximately 828,000 shares authorized for future repurchase under the Company’s current program.

In addition to the current repurchase program, the Company had other programs since 1992 and under all such programs through March 30, 2013, the Company has repurchased a total of approximately 4,016,000 shares of the common stock for an aggregate cost of $68,630,000. Upon their repurchase, shares are restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares.

XML

INCOME TAXES (Schedule Of The Components Of The Provision For Income Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
Current, Federal	$ 799	$ 375	$ 4,416
Current, State	8	115	(33)
Current, Non-US	441	573	716
Total income tax expense, current	1,248	1,063	5,099
Deferred, Federal	(730)	(915)	(593)
Deferred, State	1	(22)	998
Deferred, Non-US	(12)	(30)	(6)
Total income tax expense, deferred	(741)	(967)	399
Total provision for income taxes	$ 507	$ 96	$ 5,498

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME [Abstract]
Net sales	$ 61,000	$ 65,535	$ 83,172
Cost of sales	31,163	34,855	37,984
Gross profit	29,837	30,680	45,188
Research and development	13,976	14,399	14,851
Selling, general and administrative	13,137	12,840	14,194
Total operating expenses	27,113	27,239	29,045
Income from operations	2,724	3,441	16,143
Interest income	1,250	999	812
Other income, net	780	405	825
Income before provision for income taxes	4,754	4,845	17,780
Provision for income taxes	507	96	5,498
Net income	$ 4,247	$ 4,749	$ 12,282
Net income per share
Basic	$ 0.36	$ 0.38	$ 0.95
Diluted	$ 0.36	$ 0.38	$ 0.94
Shares used in per share computation:
Basic	11,716	12,340	12,976
Diluted	11,718	12,351	13,030

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS [Abstract]

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

3. CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS

The Company’s cash and cash equivalents as of March 30, 2013, and March 31, 2012 are as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Cash	$	2,938	$	3,407
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds		13,476		16,453
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	16,414	$	19,860

The Company’s portfolio of short-term and long-term investments as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012 is as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Carrying
		Cost		Gain		Loss		Value
Short-term investments:
Trading securities:
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP	$	9,673	$	-	$	-	$	9,673
Available-for-sale securities:
Municipal bonds		58,524		156		(22)		58,658
Corporate bonds		25,667		161		(3)		25,825
Government agency bonds		16,106		82		(1)		16,187
Certificates of deposits		7,758		5		(4)		7,759
Commercial Papers		5,743		2		-		5,745
Total short-term investments	$	123,471	$	406	$	(30)	$	123,847
Long-term investments:
Available-for sale securities	$	15,050	$	-	$	(1,250)	$	13,800
						.
	March 31, 2012
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Carrying
		Cost		Gain		Loss		Value
Short-term investments:
Trading securities
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP	$	8,650	$	-	$	-	$	8,650
Available-for-sale securities:
Municipal bonds		32,250		39		(21)		32,268
Corporate bonds		36,912		68		(33)		36,947
Government agency bonds		25,984		33		(7)		26,010
Certificates of deposits		7,267		4		(9)		7,262
Total short-term investments	$	111,063	$	144	$	(70)	$	111,137
Long-term investments:
Available-for sale securities	$	28,050	$	-	$	(2,150)	$	25,900

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments by contractual maturities are as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Short-term investment:
Trading securities:
Due in 12 months or less	$	9,673	$	8,650
Available-for-sale securities:
Due in 12 months or less		45,190		62,504
Due in 12 to 24 months		23,019		29,903
Due in 24 to 36 months		32,345		2,682
Due in 36 to 49 months		13,620		7,398
Total short-term investments	$	123,847	$	111,137
Long-term investment:
Available-for-sale securities at fair value:
Due after ten years	$	13,800	$	25,900
Total long-term investments	$	13,800	$	25,900

Short-term investments classified as trading securities for fiscal years 2013 and 2012 consisted entirely of investments in mutual funds held by the NQDCP. Unrealized gain on trading securities was $806,000 for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, compared to $250,000 for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012.

The Company’s available-for-sale portfolio in fiscal 2013 was comprised of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papers and certificates of deposits.

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the Company disposed of short-term available-for-sale securities totaling $95,883,000 at par. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, the Company disposed of short-term available-for-sale securities totaling $166,681,000 and $142,098,000, respectively.  The realized gains and losses of these transactions were immaterial.

Historically, given the liquidity created by auctions, the Company’s ARS were presented as current assets under short-term investments on the Company’s balance sheet. However, since the fourth quarter of fiscal 2008 the ARS held by the Company have experienced failed auctions due to sales orders exceeding purchase orders, so the Company’s ARS are considered illiquid until there is a successful auction for them.

Accordingly, ARS with a par value of $15,050,000 and $28,050,000 were classified as non-current assets and were presented in long-term investments at fair value of $13,800,000 and $25,900,000, respectively, as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012. 

The ARS are investments with contractual maturities generally between 24 to 28 years. They are in the form of auction rate bonds, whose interest rates had historically been reset every seven to thirty-five days through an auction process. At the end of each reset period, investors could sell or continue to hold the securities at par. These ARS held by the Company are primarily backed by pools of student loans and a significant portion are collateralized and guaranteed by the United States Department of Education.  Until February 2012, the Company's ARS were rated by the major independent rating agencies as AAA.  However, one of the securities was downgraded by S&P in February 2012 to AA+, then in June 2012 to A with a negative outlook and was downgraded by Fitch in May 2013 to A with a watch negative.  Also in May 2013, the other ARS was downgraded from AAA to AAA with a watch negative by Fitch. The Company believes these downgrades have no impact on the fair value of this ARS.

As of March 30, 2013, all of the Company’s long-term investment securities were reported at fair value. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on the Company’s investment portfolio of ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods, and contractual terms of the security.

The Company concluded that the decline in the fair value of ARS investments as of March 30, 2013, was not other than temporary in part due to the following:

· the decline in the fair value is due to unusual general market conditions;

· these investments are of high credit quality and a significant portion of them are collateralized and are guaranteed by the US Department of Education;

· as of March 30, 2013, there have been no defaults on the ARS held by the Company;

· the Company’s ARS holdings are all rated at least A with a watch negative;

· the Company has the intent and ability to hold these investments until the anticipated recovery in market value occurs; and

· to the extent the Company’s ARS have been redeemed, they were redeemed at par value. The Company received redemptions of $13,000,000, $4,700,000 and $36,450,000, all at par value in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  Subsequent to March 30, 2013, redemptions onthe Company's twoARS were received at par value,one fully redeemed for $12,800,000 and the otherpartially redeemed for $150,000.

If uncertainties in the credit and capital markets continue or these markets deteriorate further, the Company may incur additional impairments to its ARS holdings. The Company will continue to monitor its ARS holdings and may be required to record an impairment charge through the income statement if the decline in fair value is determined to be other-than-temporary or the credit ratings of its ARS holdings decline. We have not recorded any losses due to deteriorated credit quality.

During the quarter ended December 29, 2012 the Company loaned $300,000 under a convertible promissory note to a private startup company developing products based on new technology. This private startup company currently intends to use the Company's ICs for its prototype systems. Sales to date have not been material for the Company. This loan was recorded as a long-term asset as of March 30, 2013. This unsecured loan accrues at a 5% annual interest rate with principle and interest convertible to preferred stock at a discount and matures on December 31, 2013.  The Company has the right to invest an additional $1,700,000 in the Company's next financing round and convert its current loan to equity at a discount.As of March 30, 2013 the Company had no ownership in this startup company and management believes that this loan of $300,000 is 100% realizable.

XML

FAIR VALUE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

FAIR VALUE [Abstract]

Schedule Of Assets And Liabilities Measured On A Recurring Basis

	March 30, 2013
	Fair value measurements
Assets	Level 1			Level 2		Level 3		Total
Money market funds	$	13,476	(1)	$	-	$	-	$	13,476
Municipal bonds		-			58,658		-		58,658
Corporate bonds		-			25,825		-		25,825
Government agency bonds		-			16,187		-		16,187
Certificate of deposits		3,459			4,300		-		7,759
Commercial Papers					5,745				5,745
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP		9,673			-		-		9,673
Long-term investments in ARS		-			-		13,800		13,800
Total assets at fair value	$	26,608		$	110,715	$	13,800	$	151,123
Liabilities
Obligation related to NQDCP	$	9,673		$	-	$	-	$	9,673

	March 31, 2012
	Fair value measurements
Assets	Level 1			Level 2		Level 3		Total
Money market funds	$	16,453	(1)	$	-	$	-	$	16,453
Municipal bonds		-			32,268		-		32,268
Corporate bonds		-			36,947		-		36,947
Government agency bonds		-			26,010		-		26,010
Certificate of deposits		3,000			4,262		-		7,262
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP		8,650			-		-		8,650
Long-term investments in ARS		-			-		25,900		25,900
Total assets at fair value	$	28,103		$	99,487	$	25,900	$	153,490
Liabilities
Obligation related to NQDCP	$	8,650		$	-	$	-	$	8,650

^{____________________}

⁽¹⁾Money market funds of $13,476,000 and  $16,453,000were classified as cash equivalents as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

Schedule Of Level 3 Assets

Fair value measurements of assets using level 3 inputs		Long-term investments in ARS
Balance as of April 3, 2010	$	65,000
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(36,450)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		2,222
Change in fair value of existing ARS		(572)
Balance as of April 2, 2011		30,200
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(4,700)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		388
Change in fair value of existing ARS		12
Balance as of March 31, 2012		25,900
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(13,000)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		1,023
Change in fair value of existing ARS		(123)
Balance as of March 30, 2013	$	13,800

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Schedule Of Segment Reporting Information By Segment) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013 segment	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Net sales	$ 61,000	$ 65,535	$ 83,172
Number of business segments	1
Medical Electronics [Member]
Net sales	23,773	26,363	30,193
Printers/EL [Member]
Net sales	14,168	16,482	16,390
Industrial/Other [Member]
Net sales	9,292	11,801	14,576
LED Lighting [Member]
Net sales	8,234	6,624	13,327
Telecom [Member]
Net sales	$ 5,533	$ 4,265	$ 8,686

XML

INCOME TAXES (Summary Of Changes In Valuation Allowance) (Details) (Valuation Allowance [Member], USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Apr. 02, 2011
Valuation Allowance [Member]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 947		$ 424		$ 816
Charge	557	[1]	419	[1]	1,161	[1]
Deductions and Other	(228)		104		(1,553)
Balance at End of Period	$ 1,276		$ 947		$ 424

[1] A valuation allowance was placed on the Company’s California deferred tax assets.

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS [Abstract]

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

11.EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Profit Sharing Plan - The Company has a discretionary profit sharing plan for the benefit of eligible employees.  Related expenses were $361,000, $463,000  and $1,672,000, in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Savings and Retirement Plan - The Supertex 401K Savings and Retirement Plan allows for employee savings intended to qualify under the provisions of Section 401 of the Internal Revenue Code (IRC).  Employees having at least three months of service may make pretax contributions of up to the IRC maximum allowable amount of their qualified compensation.  The Company matches certain percentages of employee contributions, all of which are 100% vested.  In fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, the Company's matching contributions were $158,000,  $182,000and $179,000, respectively.

Deferred Compensation Plan - The Non-Qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (the “NQDCP”) is a plan that covers a select group of senior management or highly compensated employees of the Company.  The NQDCP was adopted by the Company, effective January 1, 1996.  The Plan assets as of March 30, 2013of $9,673,000were included in short-term investments in the Company's consolidated balance sheet and classified as trading securities.  Such assets shall at all times be subject to claims of the general creditors of the Company. The Company’s liability for this plan as of March 30, 2013 amounts to $9,673,000 and this amount is included in accrued salaries and employee benefits in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet. The Company does not make matching or other contributions to the Plan. An increase or decrease in the fair value of the Company's NQDCP assets corresponds to an increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability. To recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP plan assets, we record the difference in fair value to other income (expense) net. Correspondingly, to recognize the increase or decrease in the NQDCP liability, we record the difference to other benefits expense.

NQDCP obligations are based on the fair value of the underlying assets owed to participants as stipulated by the NQDCP and are included in accrued liabilities in the consolidated financial statements.  The Executive Compensation Committee is responsible for the general administration and interpretation of the NQDCP and for carrying out its provisions.

Employee Stock Purchase Plan - The shareholders of the Company approved the adoption of the 2000 Employee Stock Purchase Plan (the “ESPP”) and the reservation of shares of common stock for issuance under this Plan at the August 18, 2000 annual shareholders meeting. The maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP is 500,000 plus an annual increase on the first day of the Company’s fiscal year of the lesser of 100,000 shares or three percent (3%) of the outstanding shares on that date or a lesser amount determined by the Board of Directors. During fiscal 2013,  the Board of Directors determined not to increase the maximum aggregate number of shares of common stock available for purchase under the ESPP. Eligible employees may elect to withhold up to 20% of their cash compensation to purchase shares of the Company’s common stock at a price equal to 95% of the market value of the stock at the ending of a six-month offering period.  An eligible employee may purchase no more than 500 shares of common stock during any six-month accumulation period.

For fiscal year 2013, there were  6,025 shares of the Company’s common stock that were issued under the ESPP compared to 8,369 shares and 7,422shares of common stock issued in fiscal 2012 and 2011 respectively. There were 190,534 shares available for future issuance under the ESPP as of March 30, 2013.

Stock Option Plans -The Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the 2001 Stock Option Plan (the “2001 Plan”) and the reservation of 2,000,000 shares of common stock for issuance under 2001 Plan at the August 17, 2001 annual meeting of shareholders. Options granted under the 2001 Plan were granted at the fair market value of the Company's common stock on the date of grant and generally expired seven years from the date of grant or thirty days after termination of service, whichever occurs first.  The options generally vest over five years, 20% on the date one year after their vesting start date and 20% at the end of each of the following four years. On August 24, 2006, the Company’s board of directors approved a change in grant policy of the 2001 Plan to only grant non-statutory stock options to better align the Company’s compensation plan to employee incentives and to Company objectives. On August 17, 2007, the Company’s board of directors approved that all future stock option grants would have a ten-year term, which is within the guidelines of the Company’s 2001 Plan, subject to earlier expiration thirty days after termination of service. No further options may be granted under the 2001 Plan due to the adoption of the new equity incentive plan as described in the following paragraph.

The Company’s shareholders approved the adoption of the 2009 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2009 Plan”) at the August 14, 2009 annual meeting for shareholders. Under the 2009 Plan, the total number of shares of Company common stock reserved for issuance  consists of 1,000,000 shares plus (1) the 159,509 shares which remained authorized for issuance under the 2001 Plan but which were not subject to outstanding stock awards as of August 14, 2009, and (2) those of the 1,440,400 shares subject to stock awards outstanding under the 2001 Plan as of August 14, 2009, that terminate prior to exercise and would otherwise be returned to the share reserves under the 2001 Plan, with the total shares in addition to the 1,000,000 shares thus being up to a maximum of 1,599,909 shares. The 2009 Plan allows the Company to continue its prior option practices under the 2001 Plan to grant non-statutory options to key employees with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s stock on the date of grant. The Company’s options typically have a term of ten years and vest over five years, 20% on the date one year after their vesting start date and 20% at the end of each of the following four years. The 2009 Plan also provides the Company with the flexibility in designing equity incentives, including restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock unit awards, performance stock awards, and performance cash awards.

Activities under the 2001 and 2009 Plans are as follows:

		Options Outstanding
	Available For Grant	Shares	Price Per Share						Weighted Average Exercise Price per share
Balance, April 3, 2010	1,117,289	1,444,942	$	15.67	-	$	46.92	$	27.31
Granted	(285,040)	285,040		22.01	-		27.23		25.07
Exercised	-	(129,760)		15.67	-		25.30		16.13
Canceled	145,600	(145,600)		20.85	-		41.05		30.84
Balance, April 2, 2011	977,849	1,454,622		15.67	-		46.92		27.57
Granted	(374,580)	374,580		18.46	-		21.86		23.63
Exercised	-	(77,080)		15.67	-		20.86		18.15
Canceled	74,160	(74,160)		18.51	-		41.05		25.75
Balance, March 31, 2012	677,429	1,677,962		17.39	-		46.92		26.49
Granted	(117,500)	117,500		17.29	-		22.59		19.39
Exercised	-	(25,600)		17.39	-		20.86		18.73
Canceled	237,222	(237,222)		18.18	-		46.92		31.58
Balance, March 30, 2013	797,151	1,532,640	$	17.29	-	$	46.92	$	25.29

As of March 30, 2013, options outstanding and options exercisable under the 2001 Option Plan had intrinsic values of $422,000 and $344,000, respectively, and options outstanding and options exercisable under the 2009 Plan had intrinsic values of $1,019,000 and $129,000, respectively.

The options outstanding and currently exercisable by exercise price under the 2001 and the 2009 Plans as of March 30, 2013 are as follows:

					Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices					Number Outstanding	Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price	Number Outstanding		Weighted-Average Exercise Price
$	17.29	-	$	19.99	307,940	8.57	$	18.87	38,760	$	18.95
	20.00	-		24.99	625,120	6.67		21.48	357,096		21.18
	25.00	-		29.99	290,080	5.86		26.94	203,552		26.96
	30.00	-		34.99	85,500	4.48		33.93	85,500		33.93
	35.00	-		39.99	89,300	4.13		35.83	89,300		35.83
	40.00	-		44.99	118,700	0.60		40.85	118,700		40.85
	45.00	-		46.92	16,000	0.67		46.92	16,000		46.92
$	17.29	-	$	46.92	1,532,640	6.10	$	25.29	908,908	$	28.04

The weighted average fair value of options granted during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $7.98, $7.88  and $10.14per share, respectively.  All options were granted at the closing trading price of the Company's common stock on the date prior to the date of grant. The total intrinsic value of options exercised during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013was $40,000, compared to $178,000and $852,000 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, respectively.

The stock-based compensation expense for the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012, and April 2, 2011 is as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Cost of sales	$	472	$	590	$	676
Research and development expenses		1,348		1,271		1,394
Selling, general and administrative expenses		981		1,170		1,029
Total stock-based compensation expense		2,801		3,031		3,099

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the Company granted 87,500 options with an estimated total grant date fair value of $698,000 to its employees. During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the Company granted 374,580 options with an estimated total grant date fair value of $2,951,000. During the fiscal year ended April 2, 2011, the Company granted285,040 options with an estimated total grant date fair value of $2,891,000.

As of March 30, 2013, the unrecognized employee stock-based compensation cost balance related to stock options, net of forfeitures,  was $3,531,000 and will be recognized over an estimated weighted average amortization period of approximately 1.72 years.

Valuation Assumptions

In valuing the stock-based compensation expense, the options and awards were stratified into two categories, namely: directors and officers (“D&O”) and all other employees (“All Others”), as the experiences of these two groups were different for the expected term of the options. The fair value of each option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option valuation model using the following assumptions:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
	Directors & Officers	All Other Employees	Directors & Officers	All Other Employees
Expected term (years)	6.5	5.25-6.00	6.5	4.75-5.00
Stock volatility	40.45%	40.10% - 40.66%	43.75%	41.01% - 41.36%
Risk free interest rates	0.93%	0.66% - 0.99%	1.34%	0.83% - 1.49%
Dividend yields	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

The Company analyzed various data points to determine the most accurate expected term by group. In the course of its analysis, it considered various factors, including vesting terms and period of awards, contractual term of the award, employee historical exercise, post-vesting employment termination behavior, expected term data from peer companies and various other factors.  The Company has identified its own historical volatility to be the most appropriate and most representative of the expected volatility rate to be used for valuing stock-based compensation under the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The expected volatility was based on the expected term of the two groups of options to be valued.  The Company continues to use the estimate of risk-free rate based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant.  The Company since inception has never paid a regular dividend, only paying a special dividend during fiscal 2013 of $1.00 per share of outstanding common stock, totaling $11,523,000. As a result, the Company assumes an expected dividend yield of zero

During fiscal 2013, the Board of Directors declared and paid a special dividend of $1.00 per share of the Company's outstanding common stock, totaling $11,523,000. The Company did not pay cash dividends in fiscal 2012. 

XML

INVENTORIES (Schedule Of Inventory) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
INVENTORIES [Abstract]
Raw materials	$ 470	$ 936
Work-in-process	7,310	8,221
Finished goods	2,324	4,195
Finished goods at distributors and on consignment	1,240	1,086
Total Inventories	$ 11,344	$ 14,438

XML

INCOME TAXES (Schedule Of Reconciliation Of The Amount Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
Beginning balance	$ 3,661,000	$ 4,052,000	$ 4,142,000
(Decreases) increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years' UTB	(34,000)	(3,000)	141,000
Increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to current year's UTB	200,000	174,000	481,000
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits related to lapsing statute of limitations	(667,000)	(562,000)	(712,000)
Ending balance	$ 3,160,000	$ 3,661,000	$ 4,052,000

XML

FAIR VALUE (Schedule Of Assets And Liabilities Measured On A Recurring Basis) (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012		Apr. 02, 2011	Apr. 03, 2010
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	$ 151,123,000	$ 153,490,000
Liabilities, Obligation related to NQDCP	9,673,000	8,650,000
Cash and cash equivalents	13,476,000	16,453,000
Fair Value Measurements, Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	26,608,000	28,103,000
Liabilities, Obligation related to NQDCP	9,673,000	8,650,000
Fair Value Measurements, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	110,715,000	99,487,000
Fair Value Measurements, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	13,800,000	25,900,000
Money Market Funds [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	13,476,000	16,453,000
Money Market Funds [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	13,476,000	16,453,000	[1]
Municipal Bonds [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	58,658,000	32,268,000
Municipal Bonds [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	58,658,000	32,268,000
Corporate Bonds [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	25,825,000	36,947,000
Corporate Bonds [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	25,825,000	36,947,000
Government Agency Bonds [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	16,187,000	26,010,000
Government Agency Bonds [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	16,187,000	26,010,000
Certificates Of Deposit [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	7,759,000	7,262,000
Certificates Of Deposit [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	3,459,000	3,000,000
Certificates Of Deposit [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	4,300,000	4,262,000
Commercial Papers [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5,745,000
Commercial Papers [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 2 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	5,745,000
Equity Mutual Funds Related to NQDCP [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	9,673,000	8,650,000
Equity Mutual Funds Related to NQDCP [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 1 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	9,673,000	8,650,000
Long-Term Investments In ARS [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	13,800,000	25,900,000
Long-Term Investments In ARS [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Liabilities Measured on Recurring Basis, Unobservable Input Reconciliation [Line Items]
Total assets at fair value	$ 13,800,000	$ 25,900,000		$ 30,200,000	$ 65,000,000

[1] Money market funds of $13,476,000 and $16,453,000 were classified as cash equivalents as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

XML

INVENTORIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

INVENTORIES [Abstract]

Schedule Of Inventory

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Raw materials	$	470	$	936
Work-in-process		7,310		8,221
Finished goods		2,324		4,195
Finished goods at distributors and on consignment		1,240		1,086
Total Inventories	$	11,344	$	14,438

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET [Abstract]

Schedule Of Accounts Receivable

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Accounts receivable	$	7,671	$	8,447
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns		(336)		(426)
Total trade accounts receivable, net	$	7,335	$	8,021

Schedule Of Allowances For Doubtful Accounts Related To Trade And Other Accounts Receivable

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	213	$	26	$	(133)	$	106
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	247	$	7	$	(41)	$	213
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	242	$	5	$	-	$	247

^{_________________________}

⁽¹⁾Bad debt expense..

Schedule Of Allowances For Sales Returns

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	213	$	259	$	(242)	$	230
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	234	$	91	$	(112)	$	213
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	217	$	556	$	(539)	$	234

^{________________________}

⁽¹⁾ Represents amounts charged to the allowance for sales returns.

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (Schedule Of Allowances For Doubtful Accounts Related To Trade And Other Accounts Receivable And Sales Returns) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013		Mar. 31, 2012		Apr. 02, 2011
Allowance For Doubtful Accounts [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	$ 213		$ 247		$ 242
Charge	26	[1]	7	[1]	5	[1]
Deductions and Other	(133)		(41)
Balance at End of Period	106		213		247
Allowance For Sales Returns [Member]
Valuation and Qualifying Accounts Disclosure [Line Items]
Balance at Beginning of Period	213		234		217
Charge	259	[2]	91	[2]	556	[2]
Deductions and Other	(242)		(112)		(539)
Balance at End of Period	$ 230		$ 213		$ 234

[1] Bad debt expense.

[2] Represents amounts charged to the allowance for sales returns.

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

Schedule Of Future Minimum Rental Payments For Operating Leases

Payment Due by Fiscal Year	Operating Lease
2014	$	908
2015		853
2016		784
2017		55
	$	2,600

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended		12 Months Ended
	Jun. 10, 2013	Dec. 29, 2012	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Unrealized gain on trading securities			$ 806,000	$ 250,000	$ 689,000
Proceeds from sales and maturity of short-term available-for-sale securities			95,883,000	166,681,000	142,098,000
ARS at par			15,050,000	28,050,000
ARS, estimated fair value			13,800,000	25,900,000
ARS redemptions at par value	12,950,000		13,000,000	4,700,000	36,450,000
ARS fully redeemed at par value	12,800,000
ARS partially redeemed at par value	150,000
Long term note receivable		300,000
Annual interest rate			5.00%
Right to invest additional amount in next financing round			$ 1,700,000
Maximum [Member]
Available for sale contractual maturities period			28 years
ARS, rate of resetting interval			35 days
Minimum [Member]
Available for sale contractual maturities period			24 years
ARS, rate of resetting interval			7 days

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Schedule Of Property, Plant And Equipment) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment	$ 45,764	$ 45,514
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	(41,430)	(40,573)
Property, plant and equipment, net	4,334	4,941
Land [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment	825	825
Machinery And Equipment [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment	38,944	38,696
Leasehold Improvements [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment	3,098	3,076
Building [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment	2,563	2,563
Furniture And Fixtures [Member]
Property, Plant and Equipment [Line Items]
Property, plant and equipment	$ 334	$ 354

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS [Abstract]

Schedule Of Stock Option Activity

		Options Outstanding
	Available For Grant	Shares	Price Per Share						Weighted Average Exercise Price per share
Balance, April 3, 2010	1,117,289	1,444,942	$	15.67	-	$	46.92	$	27.31
Granted	(285,040)	285,040		22.01	-		27.23		25.07
Exercised	-	(129,760)		15.67	-		25.30		16.13
Canceled	145,600	(145,600)		20.85	-		41.05		30.84
Balance, April 2, 2011	977,849	1,454,622		15.67	-		46.92		27.57
Granted	(374,580)	374,580		18.46	-		21.86		23.63
Exercised	-	(77,080)		15.67	-		20.86		18.15
Canceled	74,160	(74,160)		18.51	-		41.05		25.75
Balance, March 31, 2012	677,429	1,677,962		17.39	-		46.92		26.49
Granted	(117,500)	117,500		17.29	-		22.59		19.39
Exercised	-	(25,600)		17.39	-		20.86		18.73
Canceled	237,222	(237,222)		18.18	-		46.92		31.58
Balance, March 30, 2013	797,151	1,532,640	$	17.29	-	$	46.92	$	25.29

Schedule Of Options Outstanding And Exercisable

					Options Outstanding				Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise Prices					Number Outstanding	Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (Years)		Weighted-Average Exercise Price	Number Outstanding		Weighted-Average Exercise Price
$	17.29	-	$	19.99	307,940	8.57	$	18.87	38,760	$	18.95
	20.00	-		24.99	625,120	6.67		21.48	357,096		21.18
	25.00	-		29.99	290,080	5.86		26.94	203,552		26.96
	30.00	-		34.99	85,500	4.48		33.93	85,500		33.93
	35.00	-		39.99	89,300	4.13		35.83	89,300		35.83
	40.00	-		44.99	118,700	0.60		40.85	118,700		40.85
	45.00	-		46.92	16,000	0.67		46.92	16,000		46.92
$	17.29	-	$	46.92	1,532,640	6.10	$	25.29	908,908	$	28.04

Schedule Of Share-Based Compensation Expense

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Cost of sales	$	472	$	590	$	676
Research and development expenses		1,348		1,271		1,394
Selling, general and administrative expenses		981		1,170		1,029
Total stock-based compensation expense		2,801		3,031		3,099

Schedule Of Valuation Assumption Using Black-Scholes Model

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
	Directors & Officers	All Other Employees	Directors & Officers	All Other Employees
Expected term (years)	6.5	5.25-6.00	6.5	4.75-5.00
Stock volatility	40.45%	40.10% - 40.66%	43.75%	41.01% - 41.36%
Risk free interest rates	0.93%	0.66% - 0.99%	1.34%	0.83% - 1.49%
Dividend yields	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%	0.00%

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Schedule Of Share-Based Compensation Expense) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	$ 2,801	$ 3,031	$ 3,099
Cost Of Sales [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	472	590	676
Research And Development Expenses [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	1,348	1,271	1,394
Selling, General And Administrative Expenses [Member]
Employee Service Share-based Compensation, Allocation of Recognized Period Costs [Line Items]
Total stock-based compensation expense	$ 981	$ 1,170	$ 1,029

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Schedule Of Options Outstanding And Exercisable) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 17.29
Upper range limit	$ 46.92
Options outstanding, number	1,532,640
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	6 years 1 month 6 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 25.29
Options exercisable, number outstanding	908,908
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 28.04
$17.29 - $19.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 17.29
Upper range limit	$ 19.99
Options outstanding, number	307,940
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	8 years 6 months 26 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 18.87
Options exercisable, number outstanding	38,760
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 18.95
$20.00 - $24.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 20.00
Upper range limit	$ 24.99
Options outstanding, number	625,120
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	6 years 8 months 1 day
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 21.48
Options exercisable, number outstanding	357,096
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 21.18
$25.00 - $29.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 25.00
Upper range limit	$ 29.99
Options outstanding, number	290,080
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	5 years 10 months 10 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 26.94
Options exercisable, number outstanding	203,552
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 26.96
$30.00 - $34.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 30.00
Upper range limit	$ 34.99
Options outstanding, number	85,500
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	4 years 5 months 23 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 33.93
Options exercisable, number outstanding	85,500
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 33.93
$35.00 - $39.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 35.00
Upper range limit	$ 39.99
Options outstanding, number	89,300
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	4 years 1 month 17 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 35.83
Options exercisable, number outstanding	89,300
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 35.83
$40.00 - $44.99 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 40.00
Upper range limit	$ 44.99
Options outstanding, number	118,700
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	7 months 6 days
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 40.85
Options exercisable, number outstanding	118,700
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 40.85
$45.00 - $46.92 [Member]
Share-based Compensation, Shares Authorized under Stock Option Plans, Exercise Price Range [Line Items]
Lower range limit	$ 45.00
Upper range limit	$ 46.92
Options outstanding, number	16,000
Options outstanding, weighted average remaining contractual life	8 months 1 day
Options outstanding, weighted average exercise price	$ 46.92
Options exercisable, number outstanding	16,000
Options exercisable, weighted average exercise price	$ 46.92

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Schedule Of Investments By Contractual Maturity) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS [Abstract]
Trading securities, due in 12 months or less	$ 9,673	$ 8,650
Available for sale securities, due in 12 months or less	45,190	62,504
Available for sale securities, due in 12 to 24 months	23,019	29,903
Available-for-sale securities, due in 24 to 36 months	32,345	2,682
Available-for-sale securities, due in 36 to 49 months	13,620	7,398
Total short-term investments	123,847	111,137
Available for sale securities, due after ten years	13,800	25,900
Total long-term investments	$ 13,800	$ 25,900

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Reconciliation Of Property Plant And Equipment By Country) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Property, plant and equipment, net	$ 4,334	$ 4,941
United States [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, net	3,483	4,019
Hong Kong [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, net	$ 851	$ 922

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS [Abstract]

Schedule Of Cash And Cash Equivalents

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Cash	$	2,938	$	3,407
Cash equivalents:
Money market funds		13,476		16,453
Total cash and cash equivalents	$	16,414	$	19,860

Schedule Of Investments

	March 30, 2013
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Carrying
		Cost		Gain		Loss		Value
Short-term investments:
Trading securities:
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP	$	9,673	$	-	$	-	$	9,673
Available-for-sale securities:
Municipal bonds		58,524		156		(22)		58,658
Corporate bonds		25,667		161		(3)		25,825
Government agency bonds		16,106		82		(1)		16,187
Certificates of deposits		7,758		5		(4)		7,759
Commercial Papers		5,743		2		-		5,745
Total short-term investments	$	123,471	$	406	$	(30)	$	123,847
Long-term investments:
Available-for sale securities	$	15,050	$	-	$	(1,250)	$	13,800
						.
	March 31, 2012
		Amortized		Unrealized		Unrealized		Carrying
		Cost		Gain		Loss		Value
Short-term investments:
Trading securities
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP	$	8,650	$	-	$	-	$	8,650
Available-for-sale securities:
Municipal bonds		32,250		39		(21)		32,268
Corporate bonds		36,912		68		(33)		36,947
Government agency bonds		25,984		33		(7)		26,010
Certificates of deposits		7,267		4		(9)		7,262
Total short-term investments	$	111,063	$	144	$	(70)	$	111,137
Long-term investments:
Available-for sale securities	$	28,050	$	-	$	(2,150)	$	25,900

Schedule Of Investments By Contractual Maturity

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Short-term investment:
Trading securities:
Due in 12 months or less	$	9,673	$	8,650
Available-for-sale securities:
Due in 12 months or less		45,190		62,504
Due in 12 to 24 months		23,019		29,903
Due in 24 to 36 months		32,345		2,682
Due in 36 to 49 months		13,620		7,398
Total short-term investments	$	123,847	$	111,137
Long-term investment:
Available-for-sale securities at fair value:
Due after ten years	$	13,800	$	25,900
Total long-term investments	$	13,800	$	25,900

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data	Common Stock [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Gain (Loss) [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Total
Balance at Apr. 03, 2010	$ 64,296	$ (2,566)	$ 118,646	$ 180,376
Balance (in shares) at Apr. 03, 2010	12,944,000
Stock options exercised	2,355			2,355
Stock options exercised (in shares)	130,000
Issuance of shares under ESPP	178			178
Issuance of shares under ESSP (in shares)	7,000
Stock repurchase	(1,442)		(4,825)	(6,267)
Stock repurchase (in shares)	(273,000)
Stock-based compensation expense	3,099			3,099
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	13			13
Net income			12,282	12,282
Unrealized gain from available-for-sale investments, net of taxes		883		883
Balance at Apr. 02, 2011	68,499	(1,683)	126,103	192,919
Balance (in shares) at Apr. 02, 2011	12,808,000
Stock options exercised	1,317			1,317
Stock options exercised (in shares)	77,000
Issuance of shares under ESPP	159			159
Issuance of shares under ESSP (in shares)	8,000
Stock repurchase	(4,893)		(12,246)	(17,139)
Stock repurchase (in shares)	(901,000)
Stock-based compensation expense	3,031			3,031
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	(82)			(82)
Net income			4,749	4,749
Unrealized gain from available-for-sale investments, net of taxes		338		338
Balance at Mar. 31, 2012	68,031	(1,345)	118,606	185,292
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 31, 2012	11,992,000			11,992,000
Stock options exercised	480			480
Stock options exercised (in shares)	26,000
Issuance of shares under ESPP	114			114
Issuance of shares under ESSP (in shares)	6,000
Stock repurchase	(2,871)		(5,802)	(8,673)
Stock repurchase (in shares)	(498,000)
Cash dividends declared and paid			(11,523)	(11,523)
Stock-based compensation expense	2,801			2,801
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	(166)			(166)
Net income			4,247	4,247
Unrealized gain from available-for-sale investments, net of taxes		781		781
Balance at Mar. 30, 2013	$ 68,389	$ (564)	$ 105,528	$ 173,353
Balance (in shares) at Mar. 30, 2013	11,526,000			11,526,000

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

1.NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Nature of Business

Supertex, Inc. (together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Supertex Limited, herein referred to as “Supertex” or the “Company”) designs, develops, manufactures, and markets high voltage analog and mixed signal integrated circuits utilizing high voltage DMOS, HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS analog and mixed signal technologies.  The Company supplies standard and custom interface products primarily for use in the medical electronics,LED lighting, printers, devices using EL lamps, telecommunications, and industrial/other markets.

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary.  All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Fiscal Period

The Company uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending the Saturday nearest to March 31^st.  Fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011each comprised 52 weeks.

Revision to previously issued financial statements

During fiscal year 2012, the Company identified that it had not been appropriately classifying the non-cash amortization of premiums paid on debt instruments within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company incorrectly reflected the amortization as a cash inflow from investing activities rather than a reconciling item in arriving at net cash provided by operating activities. The Company determined to revise its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to correct this error. Accordingly, the Company revised the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended April 2, 2011. The misclassifications did not impact the Consolidated Statement of Income. The revisions are not material to previously issued financial statements. The amounts of the revisions are shown in the table below (in thousands):
	Operating Activities Impact						Investing Activities Impact
Fiscal Year Ended		As reported		Adjustment		As revised		As reported		Adjustment		As revised
April 2, 2011	$	14,450	$	2,305	$	16,755	$	3,086	$	(2,305)	$	781

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period.  Significant estimates in these financial statements include revenue recognition, provision for sales returns and allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty reserves, estimates for useful lives associated with long lived assets, asset impairments, auction rate security (“ARS”) valuation, net realizable value of inventories, asset retirement obligations, certain accrued liabilities and provision for income taxes and tax valuation allowance.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s business is concentrated in the high voltage semiconductor component industry, which is rapidly changing, highly competitive and subject to competitive pricing pressures.  The Company's operating results may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations due to these factors, including the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, the changes in customer requirements, the timing of introduction of new products, the Company's ability to implement new capabilities or technologies, its ability to manufacture efficiently, its reliance on subcontractors and vendors, and general economic conditions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Investments with an original or remaining maturity of 90 days or less, as of the date of purchase, are considered cash equivalents, and consist of money market funds, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, government agency bonds, certificates of deposite and commercial paper. The Company maintains cash balances at a variety of financial institutions and has not experienced any material losses relating to such balances. 

Short-term and long-term investments

The appropriate classification of investments in marketable securities is determined at the time of purchase based on management’s intended holding period and the realizability of the investment, and such designation is reevaluated at each balance sheet date. The Company also monitors its investments for impairment periodically and records appropriate reductions in carrying values when the declines are determined to be other-than-temporary.Investments categorized as trading consisted entirely of investments in mutual funds held by the Company’s Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) and are included as short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments as of March 30, 2013 are composed of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papersandcertificates of deposits.  Unrealized gains and losses are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income (expense). There were no realized losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary recorded in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.  For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis. The ARS investments held by the Company as of March 30, 2013have experienced failed auctions due to sales orders exceeding purchase orders, so the Company’s ARS investments are considered illiquid until there is a successful auction for them. As of March 30, 2013, the fair value of $13,800,000 ARS was presented in long-term investments. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on the Company’s investment portfolio of ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model and included a discount factor for illiquidity of the ARS market. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods and contractual terms of the security.

The Company reviews its impairments to determine the classification of the impairment as “temporary” or “other-than-temporary.” Declines in fair value that are considered other than temporary are reported in the statement of income and those that are considered temporary are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

In evaluating the impairment of any individual ARS, the Company classified such impairment as temporary or other-than-temporary. The differentiating factors between temporary and other-than-temporary impairment are primarily the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to hold its ARS investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Based on this assessment of fair value of ARS as of March 30, 2013, the unrealized loss of $1,250,000was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $437,000.

The valuation of the Company’s investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may impact the Company’s valuation include changes of credit ratings, as well as collateral values, default rate of underlying assets, counterparty risk and ongoing strength of the liquidity market (See Notes 2 and 3).

Accounts Receivable

An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on a percentage based on historical experience applied to outstanding accounts receivable, specific doubtful account identification, and management judgment.  The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

Concentration of credit risk and foreign operations

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, and accounts receivable.  The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales and earned from customers located in the U.S. and certain foreign countries and regions, including Europe, China, Japan, and the rest of Asia.  For the years ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, sales to foreign customers based on destination locations were all denominated in U.S. dollars and accounted for 70%,  65% and71%, of net sales, respectively. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires no collateral from its customers.

As of March 30, 2013, one customer accounted for 12% of gross accounts receivable, and as of March 31, 2012, two customers accounted for 12% and 11% of gross accounts receivable, respectively.  

Foreign Currency Risk

Because of the Company’s operations in Hong Kong, the Company may face exposure to an adverse change in the exchange rate of the Hong Kong dollar that is currently pegged to the U.S. dollar.  The Company believes that its exposure is relatively small, thus it does not employ hedging techniques designed to mitigate this foreign currency exposure. The Company could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses.  As the level of activity at this operation changes over time, actual currency gains or losses could have an adverse impact to the consolidated financial statements.

A small percentage of the Company’s assets are denominated in Hong Kong dollars, Chinese Renminbi and Japanese Yento fund its subsidiary's and branch offices' daily cash requirements.  All other cash and investment accounts are denominated in United States dollars and domiciled in the United States with the exception of one investment account that is domiciled in Ireland.

The Company’s foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars.  Currency exchange fluctuations in countries where the Company does business could harm the business by resulting in pricing that is not competitive with prices denominated in local currencies.

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

The functional currency of the Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary is the U.S. dollar.  As such, gains and losses resulting from remeasurement from local currency to the U.S. dollar are included in other income (expense), net.  Such gains and losses have not been material for any period presented.

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value.  The Company’s inventories include high technology parts and components that are specialized in nature and subject to rapid technological obsolescence.  While the Company has programs to minimize the required inventories on hand and considers technological obsolescence when estimating amounts required to reduce recorded amounts to net realizable values, it is possible that such estimates could change in the near term.

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and generally depreciated using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five years or less.  Building and building improvements are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the building of thirty-nine years.  Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the related lease term or the estimated useful life of the assets. 

Impairment of Long-lived assets

The Company routinely considers whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question is less than their carrying value.  If less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  Fair value is determined using various approaches, including discounted future cash flows, independent appraisals or other relevant methods.  If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment charge to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset's carrying value.  The fair value of the asset then becomes the asset's new carrying value, which the Company depreciates or amortizes over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset where appropriate. The Company may incur impairment losses in future periods if factors influencing its estimates change. Historically, the Company has not had an impairment charge on its tangible long-lived assets.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from direct product sales to end-user customers upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is upon shipment of the product provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For sales to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), the Company uses either a binding purchase order or signed agreement as evidence of an arrangement.  Sales through distributors are evidenced by binding purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  Sales to distributors are made primarily under arrangements allowing limited rights of return, limited price protection and limited right of stock rotation on merchandise unsold by the distributors.  Because of the uncertainty associated with pricing concessions and possible returns, with the exception of certain products, the Company defers the recognition of such sales and the related costs of sales until distributors have sold the merchandise to their end customers. The Company’s distributors provide an inventory balance report at the end of each period, which allows the Company to determine products sold to their end customers.

The Company also provides custom processing services for manufacture of integrated circuits, using customer-owned designs and mask tooling.  Under this “custom processing service” arrangement, a tangible product is sold, and the Company bears the risk of loss until title is passed.  Title to the product under the “custom processing service” arrangement is passed to the customer at the time of shipment. 

From time to time, deferred revenue results from up-front billings from customers under non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) contracts. The Company recognizes revenue from NRE contracts upon completion of contract milestones, which corresponds to when the Company provides the services and/or products.  Revenue is deferred for any amounts received prior to completion of engineering contract milestones, such as amounts received upon delivery of proto-type, if such a delivery is an agreed upon milestone. Some of the NRE contracts include formal customer acceptance provisions.  In this case at the end of each period, the Company determines whether customer acceptance has been obtained for the specific milestone.  If customer acceptance has not been obtained, the Company defers the recognition of such revenue until customer acceptance is obtained.

Sales Returns and Other Allowances

The Companyrecords a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded.  The Company bases thisprovision on historical experience, analyses of outstanding Return Material Authorization and Allowance Authorization data and any other form of notification of pending returns.  The Company continuously monitors and tracks product returns and in circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer return or allowance which is over and above normal historical sales returns, the Company records a specific allowance against the amounts due, in order to reduce its net receivable from such customer.  While sales returns have historically been within the Company’s expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same return rates that it has in the past.  Any significant increase in product failure rates and the resulting credit returns could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operating results for the period or periods in which such returns occur.

Warranty Reserves

For sales through distributors, the Company’s policy is to replace under warranty defective products at its own expense for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. This liability is limited to replacement of the product and freight and delivery costs. In certain cases, the Company may pay for rework. This warranty does not apply to any of such products which have been repaired or altered, except by the Company, or which have been subjected to misuse, negligence, or accident. The Company does not extend the original warranty period of any product which has either been repaired or replaced by the Company. The Company reserves for estimated warranty costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. The estimate is based on historical experience.  

Research and Development Expense
All research and development expenses that have no alternative future use are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and benefits of those employees engaged in research, new process development activities, new product design and development activities, costs related to design tools, license expenses related to intellectual property, supplies and services, depreciation and other occupancy costs.  The Company also expenses proto-type wafers and mask sets related to new products.

Net Income per Share

Basic net income is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through stock options and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Stock-based Compensation

The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of stock-based compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of those awards at their grant date.The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options, which requires various subjective assumptions including expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rates. The Company records this fair value as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee or director is to perform services in connection with the award (generally over the vesting period of the award). 

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. The Company makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, which arise from timing differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Such deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base, operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Changes in tax rates affect the deferred income tax assets and liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the tax rates are enacted.

Management must determine the probability that the Company will be able to utilize deferred tax assets. If it determines that recovery is unlikely, then a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset is recorded resulting in increased income tax expense. As of March 30, 2013, the Company believes that the deferred tax assets recorded on its balance sheet will be utilized.  However, should there be a change in the Company’s  ability to utilize or recover its deferred tax assets, an additional income tax expense would be incurred in the period in which it was determined that the recovery is not probable.

On February 20, 2009, California enacted tax-related economic incentives and tax increases which included an election to apply a single sales factor apportionment formula for most businesses starting in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. As a result of the legislation during fiscal 2009, the Company revalued its California deferred tax assets expected to be realized.

The authoritative guidance on income taxes provides guidance on the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. This authoritative guidance also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. This authoritative guidance requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate, and consequently affect operating results. The reserve amount associated with this authoritative guidance was determined with considerable judgment and estimation, and is continuously monitored by management based on the best information available including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, ongoing tax audits, and other information.

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising and promotional costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was immaterial for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value.  

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive loss, as presented on the accompanying balance sheets, consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax. The cost of a security sold or the amount of reclassified our of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings is determined based on specific identification of the security.

Reclassifications

For presentation purposes, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the reporting in the current period financial statements. These reclassifications do not affect the Company’s net income, as previously reported.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued an amendment regarding net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  This amendment does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  However, it requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  This amendment is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (the fiscal quarter ending June 29, 2013 for the Company).  The Company is currently assessing the potential effect to its consolidated financial statements in applying this guidance.

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued new authoritative guidance regarding Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This amendment attempts to improve comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  In order to facilitate convergence with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), FASB has decided to eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.  Also, this amendment requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and interim periods within these years (the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012 for the Company) and is applied retrospectively.  On October 21, 2011, the FASB proposed a deferral of the requirement to present reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement. Companies would still be required to adopt all other requirements contained in the guidance. The adoption of these amended standards affected the presentation of other comprehensive income, as the Company has elected to present two separate but consecutive statements, but did not have an effect on its financial position or results of operations.

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET [Abstract]

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET

4.  ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Accounts receivable	$	7,671	$	8,447
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns		(336)		(426)
Total trade accounts receivable, net	$	7,335	$	8,021

Allowances for doubtful accounts related to trade and other accounts receivable are (in thousands):

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	213	$	26	$	(133)	$	106
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	247	$	7	$	(41)	$	213
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	242	$	5	$	-	$	247

^{_________________________}

⁽¹⁾Bad debt expense..

The allowance for doubtful accounts related to other receivable amounted to $62,000 for both March 31, 2012 and March 30, 2013.  As of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, gross other receivable were $69,000 and $115,000, respectively. 

Allowances for sales returns are (in thousands):

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	213	$	259	$	(242)	$	230
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	234	$	91	$	(112)	$	213
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	217	$	556	$	(539)	$	234

^{________________________}

⁽¹⁾ Represents amounts charged to the allowance for sales returns.

The Company sells its products to OEMs through its direct sales and marketing personnel, and through its independent sales representative and distributors.  Sales to distributors and related cost of sales are recognized upon resale to their end customers. 

The Company has estimated that its OEM customer, General Electric Company, accounted for 12%, 11%, and 12% of its net sales from both direct and indirect channels for fiscal 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively. The sales to a distributor customer, YEL Electronics, accounted for 11% of the Company’s net sales in fiscal 2013. No other direct and/or indirect customer accounted for more than 10% of net sales in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011.

XML

FAIR VALUE

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

FAIR VALUE [Abstract]

FAIR VALUE

2.Fair Value

The Company measures its cash equivalents, short-term investments and long-term investments at fair value.Fair value is defined as the price that would be received from selling an asset and paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. When determining the fair value measurements for assets and liabilities required or permitted to be recorded at fair value, the Company considers the principal or most advantageous market in which it would transact and considers assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability, such as inherent risk, transfer restrictions, and risk of nonperformance.

A three-tiered fair value hierarchy is established as basis for considering the above assumptions and determining the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair values.  The three levels of inputs are defined as follows:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets that the Company has the ability to access.

Level 2 – Observable inputs such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in inactive markets.

Level 3 - Valuations based on models where significant inputs are not observable. The unobservable inputs reflect the Company’s own assumptions about the assumptions that market participants would use.

The Company maximizes the use of observable inputs and minimizes the use of unobservable inputs. If a financial instrument uses input that is significant to the fair value calculation, the instrument will be categorized based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value calculation.  The Company’s financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis include cash equivalents and investment securities, both short-term and long-term.

The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate their fair value due to their short maturities.

The Company’s money market investments, certificates of deposit purchased directly from the bank, and Non Qualified Deferred Compensation (NQDCP) assets and liabilities are valued using Level 1 inputs. Fixed income available-for-sale portfolio mainly consisting of municipal bonds, US government agency bonds, corporate bonds, commercial papers and certificates of deposit bought in the secondary market are valued using Level 2 inputs.

Included in the Company’s long-term investments are ARS, which are collateralized by student loans. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes for the Company’s investment portfolio of these ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model using Level 3 inputs. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods and contractual terms of the security.

In light of the current market condition for ARS, the Company developed different scenarios for the significant inputs used in the discounted cash flow model, including, but not limited to liquidity discount for the current ARS market, and the timing of recovery of ARS market from three to six years. The Company used a term of four years; current coupon rate range of .2%-.3%; discount margin range of 1.55%-2.05%; and illiquidity discount range of 3.04%- 5.05%. The Company believes these estimated ranges of inputs used for computing fair values of its ARS are appropriate taking into consideration historical ARS market data, the possibility of development of a secondary market for ARS, recent market participant behaviors, and public policy implications associated with the student loan based ARS market. The Company concluded that the fair value of its ARS was $13,800,000, or 92% of par value, as ofMarch 30, 2013 and recorded a temporary impairment of  $1,250,000 as a component of other comprehensive loss.

The Company also considered the quality, amount of collateral, and US government guarantee for a portion of the ARS and looked to other marketplace transactions and information received from other third party brokers in order to assess whether the fair value based on the discounted cash flow model was reasonable. The valuation of the Company’s investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may affect the Company’s valuation include changes to credit ratings of the securities as well as the underlying assets supporting those securities, rates of default of the underlying assets, underlying collateral values, discount rates, counterparty risk and ongoing strength and quality of market credit and liquidity. Significant inputs to the investment valuations are unobservable in the active markets and therefore the Company’s ARS are classified as Level 3 in the hierarchy.

The sensitivity to changes in the unobservable inputs and their impact on the fair value can be significant. The significant unobservable inputs for ARS are illiquidity, term and coupon forecast assumptions. The illiquidity and termassumptionsare negatively correlated to the fair value. An increase/decrease in the determined illiquidity or termassumption will lower/increase the fair value. The coupon forecast is positively correlated to the fair value. An increase/decrease in the determined coupon forecast will increase/decrease the fair value. A permutation that includes a change in the coupon forecast with a change in either or both of the two variables will mitigate the significance of the change to the fair value.

The following tables summarize assets and liabilities measured at fair value as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012, excluding accrued interest (in thousands):^_

	March 30, 2013
	Fair value measurements
Assets	Level 1			Level 2		Level 3		Total
Money market funds	$	13,476	(1)	$	-	$	-	$	13,476
Municipal bonds		-			58,658		-		58,658
Corporate bonds		-			25,825		-		25,825
Government agency bonds		-			16,187		-		16,187
Certificate of deposits		3,459			4,300		-		7,759
Commercial Papers					5,745				5,745
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP		9,673			-		-		9,673
Long-term investments in ARS		-			-		13,800		13,800
Total assets at fair value	$	26,608		$	110,715	$	13,800	$	151,123
Liabilities
Obligation related to NQDCP	$	9,673		$	-	$	-	$	9,673

	March 31, 2012
	Fair value measurements
Assets	Level 1			Level 2		Level 3		Total
Money market funds	$	16,453	(1)	$	-	$	-	$	16,453
Municipal bonds		-			32,268		-		32,268
Corporate bonds		-			36,947		-		36,947
Government agency bonds		-			26,010		-		26,010
Certificate of deposits		3,000			4,262		-		7,262
Equity mutual funds related to NQDCP		8,650			-		-		8,650
Long-term investments in ARS		-			-		25,900		25,900
Total assets at fair value	$	28,103		$	99,487	$	25,900	$	153,490
Liabilities
Obligation related to NQDCP	$	8,650		$	-	$	-	$	8,650

^{____________________}

⁽¹⁾Money market funds of $13,476,000 and  $16,453,000were classified as cash equivalents as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012.

There were no significant transfers between Level 1, Level 2 andLevel 3 during fiscal year 2013. The following table summarizes the change in fair value of the Company’s level 3 assets during the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013(in thousands):

Fair value measurements of assets using level 3 inputs		Long-term investments in ARS
Balance as of April 3, 2010	$	65,000
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(36,450)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		2,222
Change in fair value of existing ARS		(572)
Balance as of April 2, 2011		30,200
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(4,700)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		388
Change in fair value of existing ARS		12
Balance as of March 31, 2012		25,900
Redemption of investments in ARS at par		(13,000)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions		1,023
Change in fair value of existing ARS		(123)
Balance as of March 30, 2013	$	13,800

The Company recognizes transfers into and out of levels within the fair value hierarchy based on the transaction or the change in circumstances at the end of the fiscal month.

During the fiscal year ended March 30, 2013, the Company received $13,000,000 relating to ARS redeemed at par value.

Subsequent to March 30, 2013, the Company received two ARS redemptions at par value totaling  $12,950,000.

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Schedule Of Cash And Cash Equivalents) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011	Apr. 03, 2010
Cash	$ 2,938	$ 3,407
Total cash and cash equivalents	16,414	19,860	23,962	10,153
Money Market Funds [Member]
Cash equivalents	$ 13,476	$ 16,453

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]

Schedule Of Property, Plant And Equipment

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Land	$	825	$	825
Machinery and equipment		38,944		38,696
Leasehold improvements		3,098		3,076
Building		2,563		2,563
Furniture and fixtures		334		354
		45,764		45,514
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(41,430)		(40,573)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	4,334	$	4,941

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Net Income Per Share [Abstract]

Schedule Of Earnings Per Share

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282
BASIC:
Weighted average shares outstanding for the period		11,716		12,340		12,976
Net income per share	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.95
DILUTED:
Weighted average shares outstanding for the period		11,716		12,340		12,976
Effect of dilutive securities: stock options and ESPP		2		11		54
Total		11,718		12,351		13,030
Net income per share	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.94

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Schedule Of Future Minimum Rental Payments For Operating Leases) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013
COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]
2014	$ 908
2015	853
2016	784
2017	55
Operating lease payments due, total	$ 2,600

XML

FAIR VALUE (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	3 Months Ended	12 Months Ended
	Jun. 10, 2013	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Term used to calulate the present value of auction rate securities		4 years
ARS, estimated fair value		$ 13,800,000	$ 25,900,000
Percentage of par value of Auction Rate Securities		92.00%
Unrealized Loss		1,250,000
ARS redemptions at par value	$ 12,950,000	$ 13,000,000	$ 4,700,000	$ 36,450,000
Maximum [Member]
Market recovery period		6 years
Auction Rate Securities, coupon rate		0.30%
Auction Rate Securities, discount margin		2.05%
Auction Rate Securities, illiquidity discount		5.05%
Minimum [Member]
Market recovery period		3 years
Auction Rate Securities, coupon rate		0.20%
Auction Rate Securities, discount margin		1.55%
Auction Rate Securities, illiquidity discount		3.04%

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	1 Months Ended	12 Months Ended			1 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	May 31, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011	May 31, 2011 San Jose Manufacturing Facility [Member]	Aug. 31, 2011 Hong Kong Facility [Member] sqft	Sep. 30, 2009 Hong Kong Facility [Member] sqft	Mar. 30, 2013 Hong Kong Facility [Member] item
Monthly rent expense					$ 48,000			$ 19,900
Approximate rate of annual increase in rent	3.00%
Period of annual rent increase	5 years
Asset retirement obligation		622,000
Recorded liability included in other accrued liabilities		575,000
Area of originally leased space							23,600
Additional space leased						10,000	4,500
Term of rental agreement						3 years	3 years
Number of leases available for renewal								3
Additional lease term renewal								3 years
Facilities rental expenses		$ 1,086,000	$ 1,070,000	$ 1,068,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Schedule Of Significant Component Of Deferred Tax Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
Inventory write downs	$ 3,128	$ 3,277
Temporary investment impairment	307	757
Accrued liabilities	3,496	3,206
Depreciation and amortization	615	660
Stock compensation	4,065	3,444
Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors	432	528
Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns	93	138
Accrued employee benefits	592	673
Other	1,724	1,295
Gross deferred tax assets	14,452	13,978
Valuation allowance	(1,276)	(947)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance	13,176	13,031
Deferred tax liabilities	(115)	(127)
Net deferred tax assets	$ 13,061	$ 12,904

XML

PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES [Abstract]
Standard term of product return from non distributor customers	90 days
Standard term of product return from distributors	90 days
Warranty reserves	$ 54,000	$ 45,000

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (Schedule Of Accounts Receivable) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET [Abstract]
Accounts receivable	$ 7,671	$ 8,447
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts and sales returns	(336)	(426)
Total trade accounts receivable, net	$ 7,335	$ 8,021

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (PARENTHETICAL) (USD $)	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Shareholders' equity:
Preferred stock, no par value (in dollars per share)
Preferred stock, authorized (in shares)	10,000,000	10,000,000
Preferred Stock, Shares Issued
Preferred Stock, Shares Outstanding
Common stock, no par value (in dollars per share)
Common stock, authorized (in shares)	30,000,000	30,000,000
Common stock, issued (in shares)	11,526,000	11,992,000
Common stock, outstanding (in shares)	11,526,000	11,992,000

XML

PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES [Abstract]

PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES

7.PRODUCT RETURN AND WARRANTY RESERVES

The Company’s standard policy is to accept the return of defective parts for credit from non-distributor customers for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. The Company records estimated product returns as a reduction to revenue in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. These estimates are based on historical experience, analysis of outstanding return material authorizations, and allowance authorization data. See Note 4 to the Consolidated Financial Statements for the reductions to revenue for estimated product returns for the fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.

For sales through distributors, the Company's policy is to replace under warranty defective products at its own expense for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. This liability is limited to replacement of the product as well as freight and delivery costs. In certain cases, the Company may pay for rework.

The Company reserves for estimated warranty costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. The estimate is based on historical expenses. The warranty reserveswere $54,000 and $45,000, respectively,as of March 30, 2013 and March 31, 2012. 

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
Net income	$ 4,247	$ 4,749	$ 12,282
Other comprehensive income:
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale investments, net	1,202	520	1,607
Tax benefit (provision) related to other comprehensive income	(421)	(182)	(724)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax	781	338	883
Comprehensive income	$ 5,028	$ 5,087	$ 13,165

XML

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments	$ 874,000	$ 2,076,000
Accumulated other comprehensive loss available for sale securities tax	$ 310,000	$ 731,000

XML

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Current Assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$ 16,414	$ 19,860
Short-term investments	123,847	111,137
Trade accounts receivable, net	7,335	8,021
Inventories	11,344	14,438
Prepaid expenses and other current assets	2,538	6,786
Prepaid income taxes	3,203	3,032
Deferred income taxes	7,517	7,529
Total current assets	172,198	170,803
Long-term investments	13,800	25,900
Property, plant and equipment, net	4,334	4,941
Other assets	787	621
Deferred income taxes, noncurrent	5,659	5,375
Total assets	196,778	207,640
Current Liabilities:
Trade accounts payable	2,521	1,994
Accrued salaries and employee benefits	13,230	12,434
Other accrued liabilities	633	615
Deferred revenue	2,651	2,560
Income taxes payable	165	23
Total current liabilities	19,200	17,626
Income taxes payable, noncurrent	3,535	4,161
Deferred tax liabilities, noncurrent	115
Other accrued liabilities, noncurrent	575	561
Total liabilities	23,425	22,348
Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)
Preferred stock, no par value--10,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding
Common stock, no par value--30,000 shares authorized; issued and outstanding 11,526 shares as of March 30, 2013 and 11,992 shares as of March 31, 2012	68,389	68,031
Accumulated other comprehensive loss	(564)	(1,345)
Retained earnings	105,528	118,606
Total shareholders' equity	173,353	185,292
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity	$ 196,778	$ 207,640

XML

INCOME TAXES (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011	Apr. 03, 2010
Tax benefit recognized	$ 100,000
Unrecognized tax benefits	3,160,000	3,661,000	4,052,000	4,142,000
Unrecognized tax benefits that would affect income tax rate	2,275,000
Income tax interest expense	(56,000)
Income tax penalties expense	6,000
Accrued income tax interest	438,000
Accrued income tax penalties	158,000
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	(166,000)	(82,000)	13,000
Provision for income taxes	507,000	96,000	5,498,000
Unrecognized tax benefits reasonably possible to expire in the next twelve months	1,100,000
As Reported [Member]
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	$ (166,000)	$ (82,000)	$ 13,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

Schedule Of The Domestic And Foreign Components Of Income Before Income Taxes

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
United States	$	2,600	$	1,952	$	15,663
Foreign		2,154		2,893		2,117
Income before provision for income taxes		4,754		4,845		17,780

Schedule Of The Components Of The Provision For Income Taxes

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Current:
Federal	$	799	$	375	$	4,416
State		8		115		(33)
Non-US		441		573		716
		1,248		1,063		5,099
Deferred:
Federal		(730)		(915)		(593)
State		1		(22)		998
Non-US		(12)		(30)		(6)
		(741)		(967)		399
Total provision for income taxes	$	507	$	96	$	5,498

Schedule Of Reconciliation Of Federal Statutory Tax Rate To Effective Income Tax Rate

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Tax provision at US statutory rates	34	%	35	%	35	%
State tax provision, net of Federal benefits	(1)		(9)		7
Tax credits	(15)		(10)		(3)
Domestic production activity deduction	-		-		(5)
Foreign earnings tax differential	(12)		(10)		-
Tax exempt investment income	(3)		(3)		(1)
Stock based compensation	1		1		-
Other	7		(2)		(2)
Effective income tax rate	11	%	2	%	31	%

Schedule Of Significant Component Of Deferred Tax Assets

	Fiscal Years Ended
Deferred tax assets:		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Inventory write downs	$	3,128	$	3,277
Temporary investment impairment		307		757
Accrued liabilities		3,496		3,206
Depreciation and amortization		615		660
Stock compensation		4,065		3,444
Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors		432		528
Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns		93		138
Accrued employee benefits		592		673
Other		1,724		1,295
Gross deferred tax assets		14,452		13,978
Valuation allowance		(1,276)		(947)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance		13,176		13,031
Deferred tax liabilities		(115)		(127)
Net deferred tax assets	$	13,061	$	12,904

Summary Of Changes In Valuation Allowance

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	947	$	557	$	(228)	$	1,276
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	424	$	419	$	104	$	947
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	816	$	1,161	$	(1,553)	$	424

^{_________________________}

⁽¹⁾ A valuation allowance was placed on the Company’s California deferred tax assets.   

Schedule Of Reconciliation Of The Amount Of Unrecognized Tax Benefits

A reconciliation of the April 2, 2011 through March 30, 2013 amount of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) is as follows (in thousands):
	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Beginning balance	$	3,661	$	4,052	$	4,142
(Decreases) increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years' UTB		(34)		(3)		141
Increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to current year's UTB		200		174		481
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits related to lapsing statute of limitations		(667)		(562)		(712)
Ending balance	$	3,160	$	3,661	$	4,052

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Schedule Of Revisions To Previously Issued Financial Statements

During fiscal year 2012, the Company identified that it had not been appropriately classifying the non-cash amortization of premiums paid on debt instruments within the Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows. The Company incorrectly reflected the amortization as a cash inflow from investing activities rather than a reconciling item in arriving at net cash provided by operating activities. The Company determined to revise its Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows to correct this error. Accordingly, the Company revised the accompanying Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows for the fiscal year ended April 2, 2011. The misclassifications did not impact the Consolidated Statement of Income. The revisions are not material to previously issued financial statements. The amounts of the revisions are shown in the table below (in thousands):
	Operating Activities Impact						Investing Activities Impact
Fiscal Year Ended		As reported		Adjustment		As revised		As reported		Adjustment		As revised
April 2, 2011	$	14,450	$	2,305	$	16,755	$	3,086	$	(2,305)	$	781

XML

ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE, NET (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Allowance for doubtful accounts related to other receivable	62,000	62,000
Gross other receivable	69,000	115,000
General Electric Company [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Percentage of net sales	12.00%	11.00%	12.00%
YEL Electronics [Member]
Accounts, Notes, Loans and Financing Receivable [Line Items]
Percentage of net sales	11.00%

XML

INCOME TAXES (Schedule Of Reconciliation Of Federal Statutory Tax Rate To Effective Income Tax Rate) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
Tax provision at US statutory rates	34.00%	35.00%	35.00%
State tax provision, net of Federal benefits	(1.00%)	(9.00%)	7.00%
Tax credits	(15.00%)	(10.00%)	(3.00%)
Domestic production activity deduction			(5.00%)
Foreign earnings tax differential	(12.00%)	(10.00%)
Tax exempt investment income	(3.00%)	(3.00%)	(1.00%)
Stock based compensation	1.00%	1.00%
Other	7.00%	(2.00%)	(2.00%)
Effective income tax rate	11.00%	2.00%	31.00%

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Schedule Of Valuation Assumption Using Black-Scholes Model) (Details)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Directors And Officers [Member]
Expected term (years)	6 years 6 months	6 years 6 months
Stock volatility	40.45%	43.75%
Risk free interest rates	0.93%	1.34%
Dividend yields	0.00%	0.00%
All Other Employees [Member]
Dividend yields	0.00%	0.00%
All Other Employees [Member] | Minimum [Member]
Expected term (years)	5 years 3 months	4 years 9 months
Stock volatility	40.10%	41.01%
Risk free interest rates	0.66%	0.83%
All Other Employees [Member] | Maximum [Member]
Expected term (years)	6 years	5 years
Stock volatility	40.66%	41.36%
Risk free interest rates	0.99%	1.49%

XML

FAIR VALUE (Schedule Of Level 3 Assets) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Beginning balance	$ 153,490
Change in fair value of existing ARS	(1,202)	(520)	(1,607)
Ending balance	151,123	153,490
Fair Value Measurements, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Ending balance	13,800	25,900
Long-Term Investments In ARS [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Ending balance	13,800	25,900
Long-Term Investments In ARS [Member] | Fair Value Measurements, Level 3 [Member]
Fair Value, Assets and Liabilities Measured on Recurring and Nonrecurring Basis [Line Items]
Beginning balance	25,900	30,200	65,000
Redemption of investments in ARS at par	(13,000)	(4,700)	(36,450)
Reversals of unrealized losses due to redemptions	1,023	388	2,222
Change in fair value of existing ARS	(123)	12	(572)
Ending balance	$ 13,800	$ 25,900	$ 30,200

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Auction rate securities presented in long-term investments	$ 13,800,000	$ 25,900,000
Unrealized loss on auction rate securities	1,250,000
Other comprehensive income (loss), unrealized holding gain (loss), tax amount	$ 437,000
Percentage of net sales accounted for foreign customers	70.00%	65.00%	71.00%
Standard Product Warranty Period	90 days
Customer One [Member]
Percentage of accounts receivable from a single customer	12.00%	11.00%
Customer Two [Member]
Percentage of accounts receivable from a single customer		12.00%
Building [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	39 years
Machinery And Equipment [Member]
Property, plant and equipment, useful life	5 years

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Schedule Of Revisions To Previously Issued Financial Statements) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Operating Activities Impact	$ 18,246	$ 11,792	$ 16,755
Investing Activities Impact	(2,090)	(232)	781
As Reported [Member]
Operating Activities Impact			14,450
Investing Activities Impact			3,086
Adjustment [Member]
Operating Activities Impact			2,305
Investing Activities Impact			$ (2,305)

XML

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT [Abstract]

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT

6.PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Land	$	825	$	825
Machinery and equipment		38,944		38,696
Leasehold improvements		3,098		3,076
Building		2,563		2,563
Furniture and fixtures		334		354
		45,764		45,514
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization		(41,430)		(40,573)
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	4,334	$	4,941

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Schedule Of Stock Option Activity) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
End balance, Options outstanding	1,532,640
End balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 25.29
Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Beg balance, Options outstanding	1,677,962	1,454,622	1,444,942
Granted, Options outstanding	117,500	374,580	285,040
Exercised, Options outstanding	(25,600)	(77,080)	(129,760)
Canceled, Options outstanding	(237,222)	(74,160)	(145,600)
End balance, Options outstanding	1,532,640	1,677,962	1,454,622
Beg balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 26.49	$ 27.57	$ 27.31
Granted, weighted average exercise price	$ 19.39	$ 23.63	$ 25.07
Exercised, weighted average exercise price	$ 18.73	$ 18.15	$ 16.13
Canceled, weighted average exercise price	$ 31.58	$ 25.75	$ 30.84
End balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 25.29	$ 26.49	$ 27.57
Beg Balance, Available for grant	677,429	977,849	1,117,289
Granted, Available for grant	(117,500)	(374,580)	(285,040)
Canceled, Available for grant	237,222	74,160	145,600
End Balance, Available for grant	797,151	677,429	977,849
Minimum [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Beg balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 17.39	$ 15.67	$ 15.67
Granted, weighted average exercise price	$ 17.29	$ 18.46	$ 22.01
Exercised, weighted average exercise price	$ 17.39	$ 15.67	$ 15.67
Canceled, weighted average exercise price	$ 18.18	$ 18.51	$ 20.85
End balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 17.29	$ 17.39	$ 15.67
Maximum [Member] | Stock Options [Member]
Share-based Compensation Arrangement by Share-based Payment Award [Line Items]
Beg balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 46.92	$ 46.92	$ 46.92
Granted, weighted average exercise price	$ 22.59	$ 21.86	$ 27.23
Exercised, weighted average exercise price	$ 20.86	$ 20.86	$ 25.30
Canceled, weighted average exercise price	$ 46.92	$ 41.05	$ 41.05
End balance, options outstanding weighted average exercise price	$ 46.92	$ 46.92	$ 46.92

XML

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES [Abstract]

Schedule Of Stock Repurchase Activity

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Number of shares repurchased		498,000		901,000		273,000
Cost of shares repurchased	$	8,673,000	$	17,139,000	$	6,267,000
Average price per share	$	17.42	$	19.02	$	22.97

XML

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AND INVESTMENTS (Schedule Of Investments) (Details) (USD $)	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012
Unrealized Loss	$ (1,250,000)
Short-Term Investments [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	123,471,000	111,063,000
Unrealized Gain	406,000	144,000
Unrealized Loss	(30,000)	(70,000)
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	123,847,000	111,137,000
Short-Term Investments [Member] | Equity Mutual Funds Related to NQDCP [Member]
Trading securities	9,673,000	8,650,000
Short-Term Investments [Member] | Municipal Bonds [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	58,524,000	32,250,000
Unrealized Gain	156,000	39,000
Unrealized Loss	(22,000)	(21,000)
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	58,658,000	32,268,000
Short-Term Investments [Member] | Corporate Bonds [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	25,667,000	36,912,000
Unrealized Gain	161,000	68,000
Unrealized Loss	(3,000)	(33,000)
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	25,825,000	36,947,000
Short-Term Investments [Member] | Government Agency Bonds [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	16,106,000	25,984,000
Unrealized Gain	82,000	33,000
Unrealized Loss	(1,000)	(7,000)
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	16,187,000	26,010,000
Short-Term Investments [Member] | Certificates Of Deposit [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	7,758,000	7,267,000
Unrealized Gain	5,000	4,000
Unrealized Loss	(4,000)	(9,000)
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	7,759,000	7,262,000
Short-Term Investments [Member] | Commercial Papers [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	5,743,000
Unrealized Gain	2,000
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	5,745,000
Long-Term Investments In ARS [Member]
Available-for-sale securities, Amortized Cost	15,050,000	28,050,000
Unrealized Loss	(1,250,000)	(2,150,000)
Available-for-sale securities, Carrying Value	$ 13,800,000	$ 25,900,000

XML

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME [Abstract]

COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

9.   COMPREHENSIVE INCOME

As of March 30, 2013, the total unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments amounted to $874,000, which was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $310,000. As ofMarch 31, 2012, the total unrealized loss on available-for-sale investments amounted to $2,076,000, which was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $731,000.

XML

INVENTORIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

INVENTORIES [Abstract]

INVENTORIES

5.INVENTORIES (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Raw materials	$	470	$	936
Work-in-process		7,310		8,221
Finished goods		2,324		4,195
Finished goods at distributors and on consignment		1,240		1,086
Total Inventories	$	11,344	$	14,438

The Company wrote down inventory totaling $1,847,000, $4,667,000and $2,859,000for fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.  The Company sold previously written down inventory of  $1,684,000, $1,176,000and $1,358,000for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

XML

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income	$ 4,247,000	$ 4,749,000	$ 12,282,000
Non-cash adjustments to net income:
Depreciation and amortization	1,301,000	1,918,000	2,303,000
Provision for doubtful accounts and sales returns	284,000	108,000	525,000
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories	1,847,000	4,667,000	2,859,000
Deferred income taxes	(578,000)	(877,000)	484,000
Stock-based compensation	2,801,000	3,031,000	3,099,000
Tax benefit (provision) related to stock-based compensation plans	(166,000)	(82,000)	13,000
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		(1,000)	(7,000)
Unrealized loss (gain) from short-term investments, categorized as trading	(806,000)	(250,000)	(689,000)
Amortization of premium on short-term investments	2,540,000	2,825,000	2,305,000
Loss (gain) on disposal of property, plant and equipment		1,000	(98,000)
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
Trade accounts receivable	402,000	(19,000)	2,125,000
Inventories	1,247,000	1,495,000	(8,009,000)
Prepaid expenses and other assets	4,382,000	(3,820,000)	745,000
Prepaid income taxes	(171,000)	3,429,000	(4,005,000)
Trade accounts payable and accrued expenses	1,309,000	(1,224,000)	418,000
Deferred revenue	91,000	(1,104,000)	(298,000)
Income taxes payable	(484,000)	(3,054,000)	2,703,000
Net cash provided by operating activities	18,246,000	11,792,000	16,755,000
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Purchases of property, plant and equipment	(655,000)	(1,099,000)	(1,210,000)
Proceeds from disposal of property, plant and equipment	7,000		100,000
Purchases of investments	(110,383,000)	(170,567,000)	(176,970,000)
Sales of investments	43,145,000	108,766,000	53,699,000
Maturities and redemptions of investments	65,796,000	62,668,000	125,162,000
Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities	(2,090,000)	(232,000)	781,000
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Proceeds from exercise of stock options and employee stock purchase plan	594,000	1,476,000	2,533,000
Stock repurchases	(8,673,000)	(17,139,000)	(6,267,000)
Payments of dividends to shareholders	(11,523,000)
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation		1,000	7,000
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities	(19,602,000)	(15,662,000)	(3,727,000)
NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS	(3,446,000)	(4,102,000)	13,809,000
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS:
Beginning of period	19,860,000	23,962,000	10,153,000
End of period	16,414,000	19,860,000	23,962,000
Supplemental cash flow disclosures:
Net income taxes paid (refunds)	$ (2,656,000)	$ 4,792,000	$ 5,089,000

XML

INCOME TAXES (Schedule Of The Domestic And Foreign Components Of Income Before Income Taxes) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
INCOME TAXES [Abstract]
United States	$ 2,600	$ 1,952	$ 15,663
Foreign	2,154	2,893	2,117
Income before provision for income taxes	$ 4,754	$ 4,845	$ 17,780

XML

INVENTORIES (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
INVENTORIES [Abstract]
Provision for excess and obsolete inventories	$ 1,847,000	$ 4,667,000	$ 2,859,000
Previously written down inventory sold	$ 1,684,000	$ 1,176,000	$ 1,358,000

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Tables)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

SEGMENT INFORMATION [Abstract]

Schedule Of Segment Reporting Information By Segment

	Fiscal Years Ended
Net Sales		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Medical Electronics	$	23,773	$	26,363	$	30,193
Printers/EL		14,168		16,482		16,390
Industrial/Other		9,292		11,801		14,576
LED Lighting		8,234		6,624		13,327
Telecom		5,533		4,265		8,686
Total Net Sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172

Schedule Of Revenue From External Customers Attributed To Foreign Countries By Geographic Area

	Fiscal Years Ended
Net Sales		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
United States	$	18,461	$	22,942	$	24,304
China		17,101		16,189		21,120
Korea		6,939		4,045		4,985
Europe		6,497		6,494		12,503
Singapore		6,326		8,743		8,140
Asia (excluding China, Korea and Singapore)		5,253		6,805		11,497
Other		423		317		623
Net Sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172

Reconciliation Of Property Plant And Equipment By Country

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
United States	$	3,483	$	4,019
Hong Kong		851		922
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	4,334	$	4,941

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE (Schedule Of Earnings Per Share) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Net Income Per Share [Abstract]
Net income	$ 4,247	$ 4,749	$ 12,282
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - basic	11,716,000	12,340,000	12,976,000
Net income per share, basic	$ 0.36	$ 0.38	$ 0.95
Effect of dilutive securities: stock options and ESPP	2,000	11,000	54,000
Weighted average number of common shares outstanding - diluted	11,718,000	12,351,000	13,030,000
Net income per share, diluted	$ 0.36	$ 0.38	$ 0.94
Antidilutive securities excluded from computation of EPS	1,649,046	1,551,348	1,303,654
Antidilutive securities excluded from computation of earnings per share average price per share	$ 26.28	$ 27.14	$ 28.72

XML

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	0 Months Ended	26 Months Ended	255 Months Ended
	Jan. 21, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 30, 2013
COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES [Abstract]
Share repurchase authorized amount	$ 60,000,000
Number of shares authorized to be repurchased	2,500,000
Number of shares repurchased			4,016,000
Cost of shares repurchased		$ 32,000,000	$ 68,630,000
Remaining authorized repurchase number of shares	556,000	828,000	828,000

XML

NET INCOME PER SHARE

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

Net Income Per Share [Abstract]

NET INCOME PER SHARE

12.  NET INCOME PER SHARE

Basic net income per share is calculated in accordance with the authoritative guidance for earnings per share, which requires dual presentation of basic and diluted net income per share on the face of the income statement.  Basic net income per share is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted net income per share is computed using the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding plus the effect of all dilutive stock option grants and ESPP shares representing potential shares of common stock outstanding during the period.

The following is a reconciliation of the numerator (net income) and the denominator (number of shares) used in the basic and diluted net income per share calculations.

	Fiscal Years Ended
		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Net income	$	4,247	$	4,749	$	12,282
BASIC:
Weighted average shares outstanding for the period		11,716		12,340		12,976
Net income per share	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.95
DILUTED:
Weighted average shares outstanding for the period		11,716		12,340		12,976
Effect of dilutive securities: stock options and ESPP		2		11		54
Total		11,718		12,351		13,030
Net income per share	$	0.36	$	0.38	$	0.94

Options to purchase  1,649,046 shares of the Company’s common stock at an average price of $26.28 per share,1,551,348 shares at an average price of $27.14 per share, and 1,303,654 shares at an average price of $28.72per share in fiscal 2013, 2012, and 2011, respectively, were outstanding but were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because their effect would have been anti-dilutive.

XML

INCOME TAXES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

INCOME TAXES [Abstract]

INCOME TAXES

8.INCOME TAXES

The domestic and foreign components of income before income taxes are (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
United States	$	2,600	$	1,952	$	15,663
Foreign		2,154		2,893		2,117
Income before provision for income taxes		4,754		4,845		17,780

The components of the provision for income taxes are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Current:
Federal	$	799	$	375	$	4,416
State		8		115		(33)
Non-US		441		573		716
		1,248		1,063		5,099
Deferred:
Federal		(730)		(915)		(593)
State		1		(22)		998
Non-US		(12)		(30)		(6)
		(741)		(967)		399
Total provision for income taxes	$	507	$	96	$	5,498

The provision for income taxes differs from the amount computed by applying the statutory federal income tax rate to income before provision for income taxes as follows:

	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Tax provision at US statutory rates	34	%	35	%	35	%
State tax provision, net of Federal benefits	(1)		(9)		7
Tax credits	(15)		(10)		(3)
Domestic production activity deduction	-		-		(5)
Foreign earnings tax differential	(12)		(10)		-
Tax exempt investment income	(3)		(3)		(1)
Stock based compensation	1		1		-
Other	7		(2)		(2)
Effective income tax rate	11	%	2	%	31	%

On January 2, 2013, the President signed into law The American Taxpayer Relief Act of 2012 (the "2012 Act"). Under prior law, a tax payer was entitled to a research tax credit for qualifying amounts paid or incurred on or before December 31, 2011. The 2012 Act extends the research credit for two years to December 31, 2013. The extension of the research credit is retroactive and includes amounts paid or incurred after December 31, 2011. As a result of the retroactive extension, the Company recognized a tax benefit of approximately $100,000. The tax benefit was recognized in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013.

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

The functional currency of the Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary is the U.S. dollar.  As such, gains and losses resulting from remeasurement from local currency to the U.S. dollar are included in other income (expense), net.  Such gains and losses have not been material for any period presented.

Significant components of deferred tax assets are as follows (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
Deferred tax assets:		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
Inventory write downs	$	3,128	$	3,277
Temporary investment impairment		307		757
Accrued liabilities		3,496		3,206
Depreciation and amortization		615		660
Stock compensation		4,065		3,444
Deferred revenue on shipments to distributors		432		528
Allowances for doubtful accounts and sales returns		93		138
Accrued employee benefits		592		673
Other		1,724		1,295
Gross deferred tax assets		14,452		13,978
Valuation allowance		(1,276)		(947)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance		13,176		13,031
Deferred tax liabilities		(115)		(127)
Net deferred tax assets	$	13,061	$	12,904

Deferred income taxes reflect the net effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Management has concluded it is more likely than not that the Company will realize the benefit of its net deferred tax assets. Management reached this conclusion based on its current expectations of future income. Therefore, the amount of the deferred tax asset that is realizable could be reduced in the near term if actual results differ significantly from estimates of future taxable income.

Changes in valuation allowance for the fiscal years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and April 2, 2011 are as follows (in thousands):

Description	Balance at Beginning of Period		Charge(1)		Deductions and Other		Balance at End of Period
Twelve months ended March 30, 2013	$	947	$	557	$	(228)	$	1,276
Twelve months ended March 31, 2012	$	424	$	419	$	104	$	947
Twelve months ended April 2, 2011	$	816	$	1,161	$	(1,553)	$	424

^{_________________________}

⁽¹⁾ A valuation allowance was placed on the Company’s California deferred tax assets.   

Management’s intent is to indefinitely reinvest any undistributed earnings from its Hong Kong subsidiary. Accordingly, no provision for Federal and state income taxes has been provided thereon, nor is it practical to determine the amount of this liability. Upon distribution of those earnings in the form of dividends or otherwise, the Company will be subject to United States income taxes. 

In fiscal years 2013 and 2012, the Company reversed tax benefits of $166,000 and $82,000, respectively, which had been previously recorded on the recognition of stock-based compensation expense for non-qualified stock options, whereas in fiscal 2011 the Company had recorded such tax benefits of $13,000. Such benefits were recognized as an increase to shareholders’ equitywhile the fiscal 2013 and 2012 reversal was recognized as a decrease to shareholders’ equity.

During the year ended March 30, 2013, the liability for uncertain tax positions less accrued interest and penalties decreased from $3,661,000 to $3,160,000.  Of the total $3,160,000 of unrecognized tax benefits, $2,275,000 represents the amount that if recognized, would favorably affect the effective income tax rate in any future periods.  The Company cannot conclude on the range of cash payments that will be made within the next twelve months associated with its uncertain tax positions.

A reconciliation of the April 2, 2011 through March 30, 2013 amount of unrecognized tax benefits (“UTB”) is as follows (in thousands):
	Fiscal Years Ended
	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Beginning balance	$	3,661	$	4,052	$	4,142
(Decreases) increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to prior years' UTB		(34)		(3)		141
Increases of unrecognized tax benefits related to current year's UTB		200		174		481
Reductions to unrecognized tax benefits related to lapsing statute of limitations		(667)		(562)		(712)
Ending balance	$	3,160	$	3,661	$	4,052

The Company records interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. For the year ended March 30, 2013, the Company recorded estimated reduction in interest of $56,000 and estimated penalties of $6,000, which accumulated to balances of $438,000 for estimated interest and $158,000 for estimated penalties related to uncertain tax positions.

The liability for uncertain tax positions, including accrued interest and accrued penaltiesas ofMarch 30, 2013was  $1,100,000 related to tax positions for which it is reasonably possible that the statute of limitations will expire in various jurisdictions within the next twelve months. 

The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to taxation in various jurisdictions, including federal, state and foreign.  The Company’s federal and state income tax returns are generally not subject to examination by taxing authorities for fiscal years before 2002. The Company has filed all tax returns for jurisdictions in which the Company does business, and there are no open examinations.

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION (Schedule Of Revenue From External Customers Attributed To Foreign Countries By Geographic Area) (Details) (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
Net sales	$ 61,000	$ 65,535	$ 83,172
United States [Member]
Net sales	18,461	22,942	24,304
China [Member]
Net sales	17,101	16,189	21,120
Korea [Member]
Net sales	6,939	4,045	4,985
Europe [Member]
Net sales	6,497	6,494	12,503
Singapore [Member]
Net sales	6,326	8,743	8,140
Asia (Excluding China And Singapore) [Member]
Net sales	5,253	6,805	11,497
Other [Member]
Net sales	$ 423	$ 317	$ 623

XML

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES (Policy)

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

NATURE OF BUSINESS AND SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES [Abstract]

Nature Of Business

Nature of Business

Supertex, Inc. (together with its wholly-owned subsidiary, Supertex Limited, herein referred to as “Supertex” or the “Company”) designs, develops, manufactures, and markets high voltage analog and mixed signal integrated circuits utilizing high voltage DMOS, HVCMOS and HVBiCMOS analog and mixed signal technologies.  The Company supplies standard and custom interface products primarily for use in the medical electronics,LED lighting, printers, devices using EL lamps, telecommunications, and industrial/other markets.

Principles Of Consolidation

Principles of Consolidation

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiary.  All significant inter-company balances and transactions have been eliminated.

Fiscal Period

Fiscal Period

The Company uses a 52-53 week fiscal year ending the Saturday nearest to March 31^st.  Fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011each comprised 52 weeks.

Use Of Estimates

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reporting period.  Significant estimates in these financial statements include revenue recognition, provision for sales returns and allowances, allowance for doubtful accounts, warranty reserves, estimates for useful lives associated with long lived assets, asset impairments, auction rate security (“ARS”) valuation, net realizable value of inventories, asset retirement obligations, certain accrued liabilities and provision for income taxes and tax valuation allowance.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Certain Risks And Uncertainties

Certain Risks and Uncertainties

The Company’s business is concentrated in the high voltage semiconductor component industry, which is rapidly changing, highly competitive and subject to competitive pricing pressures.  The Company's operating results may experience substantial period-to-period fluctuations due to these factors, including the cyclical nature of the semiconductor industry, the changes in customer requirements, the timing of introduction of new products, the Company's ability to implement new capabilities or technologies, its ability to manufacture efficiently, its reliance on subcontractors and vendors, and general economic conditions.

Cash And Cash Equivalents

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Investments with an original or remaining maturity of 90 days or less, as of the date of purchase, are considered cash equivalents, and consist of money market funds, municipal bonds, corporate bonds, government agency bonds, certificates of deposite and commercial paper. The Company maintains cash balances at a variety of financial institutions and has not experienced any material losses relating to such balances. 

Short-Term And Long-Term Investments

Short-term and long-term investments

The appropriate classification of investments in marketable securities is determined at the time of purchase based on management’s intended holding period and the realizability of the investment, and such designation is reevaluated at each balance sheet date. The Company also monitors its investments for impairment periodically and records appropriate reductions in carrying values when the declines are determined to be other-than-temporary.Investments categorized as trading consisted entirely of investments in mutual funds held by the Company’s Non-qualified Deferred Compensation Plan (“NQDCP”) and are included as short-term investments on the consolidated balance sheets.

The Company’s short-term and long-term investments as of March 30, 2013 are composed of municipal bonds, corporate bonds, ARS, government agency bonds, commercial papersandcertificates of deposits.  Unrealized gains and losses are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), a separate component of shareholders’ equity, net of any related tax effect. Realized gains and losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary on available-for-sale securities are included in interest income (expense). There were no realized losses and declines in value judged to be other than temporary recorded in fiscal years 2013, 2012 and 2011.  For the purpose of computing realized gains and losses, cost is identified on a specific identification basis. The ARS investments held by the Company as of March 30, 2013have experienced failed auctions due to sales orders exceeding purchase orders, so the Company’s ARS investments are considered illiquid until there is a successful auction for them. As of March 30, 2013, the fair value of $13,800,000 ARS was presented in long-term investments. Due to the lack of availability of observable market quotes on the Company’s investment portfolio of ARS, the fair value was estimated based on a discounted cash flow model and included a discount factor for illiquidity of the ARS market. The assumptions used in the discounted cash flow model include estimates for interest rates, timing and amounts of cash flows, liquidity of the underlying security, expected holding periods and contractual terms of the security.

The Company reviews its impairments to determine the classification of the impairment as “temporary” or “other-than-temporary.” Declines in fair value that are considered other than temporary are reported in the statement of income and those that are considered temporary are reported as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) in shareholders’ equity.

In evaluating the impairment of any individual ARS, the Company classified such impairment as temporary or other-than-temporary. The differentiating factors between temporary and other-than-temporary impairment are primarily the length of time and the extent to which the market value has been less than cost, the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, and the intent and ability of the Company to hold its ARS investments for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in market value.

Based on this assessment of fair value of ARS as of March 30, 2013, the unrealized loss of $1,250,000was recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax of $437,000.

The valuation of the Company’s investment portfolio is subject to uncertainties that are difficult to predict. Factors that may impact the Company’s valuation include changes of credit ratings, as well as collateral values, default rate of underlying assets, counterparty risk and ongoing strength of the liquidity market (See Notes 2 and 3).

Accounts Receivable

Accounts Receivable

An allowance for doubtful accounts is calculated based on a percentage based on historical experience applied to outstanding accounts receivable, specific doubtful account identification, and management judgment.  The Company writes off accounts receivable against the allowance when it determines a balance is uncollectible and no longer actively pursues collection of the receivable.

Concentration Of Credit Risk And Foreign Operations

Concentration of credit risk and foreign operations

Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, consist principally of cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, and accounts receivable.  The Company’s accounts receivable are derived from sales and earned from customers located in the U.S. and certain foreign countries and regions, including Europe, China, Japan, and the rest of Asia.  For the years ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011, sales to foreign customers based on destination locations were all denominated in U.S. dollars and accounted for 70%,  65% and71%, of net sales, respectively. The Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and requires no collateral from its customers.

As of March 30, 2013, one customer accounted for 12% of gross accounts receivable, and as of March 31, 2012, two customers accounted for 12% and 11% of gross accounts receivable, respectively.  

Foreign Currency Risk

Foreign Currency Risk

Because of the Company’s operations in Hong Kong, the Company may face exposure to an adverse change in the exchange rate of the Hong Kong dollar that is currently pegged to the U.S. dollar.  The Company believes that its exposure is relatively small, thus it does not employ hedging techniques designed to mitigate this foreign currency exposure. The Company could experience unanticipated currency gains or losses.  As the level of activity at this operation changes over time, actual currency gains or losses could have an adverse impact to the consolidated financial statements.

A small percentage of the Company’s assets are denominated in Hong Kong dollars, Chinese Renminbi and Japanese Yento fund its subsidiary's and branch offices' daily cash requirements.  All other cash and investment accounts are denominated in United States dollars and domiciled in the United States with the exception of one investment account that is domiciled in Ireland.

The Company’s foreign sales are denominated in United States dollars.  Currency exchange fluctuations in countries where the Company does business could harm the business by resulting in pricing that is not competitive with prices denominated in local currencies.

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

Foreign Currency Remeasurement

The functional currency of the Company’s Hong Kong subsidiary is the U.S. dollar.  As such, gains and losses resulting from remeasurement from local currency to the U.S. dollar are included in other income (expense), net.  Such gains and losses have not been material for any period presented.

Inventories

Inventories

Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (determined on a first-in, first-out basis) or net realizable value.  The Company’s inventories include high technology parts and components that are specialized in nature and subject to rapid technological obsolescence.  While the Company has programs to minimize the required inventories on hand and considers technological obsolescence when estimating amounts required to reduce recorded amounts to net realizable values, it is possible that such estimates could change in the near term.

Property, Plant And Equipment

Property, Plant and Equipment

Property, plant and equipment are stated at cost and generally depreciated using accelerated methods over estimated useful lives of five years or less.  Building and building improvements are recorded at cost and are depreciated on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the building of thirty-nine years.  Leasehold improvements are recorded at cost and are amortized on a straight-line basis over the lesser of the related lease term or the estimated useful life of the assets. 

Impairment Of Long-Lived Assets

Impairment of Long-lived assets

The Company routinely considers whether indicators of impairment of long-lived assets are present.  If such indicators are present, the Company determines whether the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributable to the assets in question is less than their carrying value.  If less, the Company recognizes an impairment loss based on the excess of the carrying amount of the assets over their respective fair values.  Fair value is determined using various approaches, including discounted future cash flows, independent appraisals or other relevant methods.  If the assets determined to be impaired are to be held and used, the Company recognizes an impairment charge to the extent the present value of anticipated net cash flows attributable to the asset are less than the asset's carrying value.  The fair value of the asset then becomes the asset's new carrying value, which the Company depreciates or amortizes over the remaining estimated useful life of the asset where appropriate. The Company may incur impairment losses in future periods if factors influencing its estimates change. Historically, the Company has not had an impairment charge on its tangible long-lived assets.

Revenue Recognition

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue from direct product sales to end-user customers upon transfer of title and risk of loss, which is upon shipment of the product provided persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, the price is fixed or determinable, no significant obligations remain and collection of the resulting receivable is reasonably assured. For sales to original equipment manufacturers (“OEMs”), the Company uses either a binding purchase order or signed agreement as evidence of an arrangement.  Sales through distributors are evidenced by binding purchase orders on a transaction-by-transaction basis.  Sales to distributors are made primarily under arrangements allowing limited rights of return, limited price protection and limited right of stock rotation on merchandise unsold by the distributors.  Because of the uncertainty associated with pricing concessions and possible returns, with the exception of certain products, the Company defers the recognition of such sales and the related costs of sales until distributors have sold the merchandise to their end customers. The Company’s distributors provide an inventory balance report at the end of each period, which allows the Company to determine products sold to their end customers.

The Company also provides custom processing services for manufacture of integrated circuits, using customer-owned designs and mask tooling.  Under this “custom processing service” arrangement, a tangible product is sold, and the Company bears the risk of loss until title is passed.  Title to the product under the “custom processing service” arrangement is passed to the customer at the time of shipment. 

From time to time, deferred revenue results from up-front billings from customers under non-recurring engineering (“NRE”) contracts. The Company recognizes revenue from NRE contracts upon completion of contract milestones, which corresponds to when the Company provides the services and/or products.  Revenue is deferred for any amounts received prior to completion of engineering contract milestones, such as amounts received upon delivery of proto-type, if such a delivery is an agreed upon milestone. Some of the NRE contracts include formal customer acceptance provisions.  In this case at the end of each period, the Company determines whether customer acceptance has been obtained for the specific milestone.  If customer acceptance has not been obtained, the Company defers the recognition of such revenue until customer acceptance is obtained.

Sales Returns And Other Allowances

Sales Returns and Other Allowances

The Companyrecords a provision for estimated sales returns and allowances on product sales in the same period as the related revenues are recorded.  The Company bases thisprovision on historical experience, analyses of outstanding Return Material Authorization and Allowance Authorization data and any other form of notification of pending returns.  The Company continuously monitors and tracks product returns and in circumstances where it is aware of a specific customer return or allowance which is over and above normal historical sales returns, the Company records a specific allowance against the amounts due, in order to reduce its net receivable from such customer.  While sales returns have historically been within the Company’s expectations and the provisions established, the Company cannot guarantee that it will continue to experience the same return rates that it has in the past.  Any significant increase in product failure rates and the resulting credit returns could have a material adverse impact on the Company’s operating results for the period or periods in which such returns occur.

Warranty Reserves

Warranty Reserves

For sales through distributors, the Company’s policy is to replace under warranty defective products at its own expense for a period of 90 days from date of shipment. This period may be extended in certain cases. This liability is limited to replacement of the product and freight and delivery costs. In certain cases, the Company may pay for rework. This warranty does not apply to any of such products which have been repaired or altered, except by the Company, or which have been subjected to misuse, negligence, or accident. The Company does not extend the original warranty period of any product which has either been repaired or replaced by the Company. The Company reserves for estimated warranty costs in the same period as the related revenues are recorded. The estimate is based on historical experience.  

Research And Development Expense

Research and Development Expense
All research and development expenses that have no alternative future use are expensed as incurred. Research and development expenses consist primarily of payroll and benefits of those employees engaged in research, new process development activities, new product design and development activities, costs related to design tools, license expenses related to intellectual property, supplies and services, depreciation and other occupancy costs.  The Company also expenses proto-type wafers and mask sets related to new products.

Net Income Per Share

Net Income per Share

Basic net income is computed as net income divided by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding for the period.  Diluted net income per share reflects the potential dilution that could occur from common shares issuable through stock options and the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

Stock-Based Compensation

Stock-based Compensation

The Company applies the fair value recognition provisions of stock-based compensation, which requires the measurement and recognition of compensation expense for all stock-based payment awards made to employees and directors, including stock options, based on the estimated fair value of those awards at their grant date.The Company uses the Black-Scholes option-pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options, which requires various subjective assumptions including expected term, expected volatility and risk-free interest rates. The Company records this fair value as compensation expense on a straight-line basis over the period during which the employee or director is to perform services in connection with the award (generally over the vesting period of the award). 

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. The Company makes certain estimates and judgments in determining income tax expense for financial statement purposes. These estimates and judgments occur in the calculation of certain deferred tax assets and liabilities, which arise from timing differences in the recognition of revenue and expense for tax and financial statement purposes. Such deferred income tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax base, operating losses and tax credit carry-forwards. Changes in tax rates affect the deferred income tax assets and liabilities and are recognized in the period in which the tax rates are enacted.

Management must determine the probability that the Company will be able to utilize deferred tax assets. If it determines that recovery is unlikely, then a valuation allowance against the deferred tax asset is recorded resulting in increased income tax expense. As of March 30, 2013, the Company believes that the deferred tax assets recorded on its balance sheet will be utilized.  However, should there be a change in the Company’s  ability to utilize or recover its deferred tax assets, an additional income tax expense would be incurred in the period in which it was determined that the recovery is not probable.

On February 20, 2009, California enacted tax-related economic incentives and tax increases which included an election to apply a single sales factor apportionment formula for most businesses starting in tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2011. As a result of the legislation during fiscal 2009, the Company revalued its California deferred tax assets expected to be realized.

The authoritative guidance on income taxes provides guidance on the financial statement recognition and measurement of a tax position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return, and clarifies the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes recognized in the financial statements. This authoritative guidance also provides guidance on derecognition, classification, interest and penalties, accounting in interim periods, disclosures, and transition. This authoritative guidance requires significant judgment in determining what constitutes an individual tax position as well as assessing the outcome of each tax position. Changes in judgment as to recognition or measurement of tax positions can materially affect the estimate of the effective tax rate, and consequently affect operating results. The reserve amount associated with this authoritative guidance was determined with considerable judgment and estimation, and is continuously monitored by management based on the best information available including changes in tax regulations, the outcome of relevant court cases, ongoing tax audits, and other information.

Advertising Costs

Advertising Costs

The Company expenses advertising and promotional costs as they are incurred. Advertising expense was immaterial for fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011. 

Fair Value Of Financial Instruments

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Carrying amounts of the Company's financial instruments including cash and cash equivalents, short-term and long-term investments, accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximate fair value.  

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income includes all changes in equity during a period from non-owner sources. Accumulated other comprehensive loss, as presented on the accompanying balance sheets, consists of unrealized gains and losses on available-for-sale securities, net of tax. The cost of a security sold or the amount of reclassified our of accumulated other comprehensive income into earnings is determined based on specific identification of the security.

Reclassifications

Reclassifications

For presentation purposes, certain prior period amounts have been reclassified to conform to the reporting in the current period financial statements. These reclassifications do not affect the Company’s net income, as previously reported.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

In February 2013, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued an amendment regarding net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  This amendment does not change the current requirements for reporting net income or other comprehensive income in financial statements.  However, it requires an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts.  This amendment is effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012 (the fiscal quarter ending June 29, 2013 for the Company).  The Company is currently assessing the potential effect to its consolidated financial statements in applying this guidance.

In June 2011, Financial Accounting Standard Board (“FASB”) issued new authoritative guidance regarding Presentation of Comprehensive Income.  This amendment attempts to improve comparability, consistency, and transparency of financial reporting and to increase the prominence of items reported in other comprehensive income.  In order to facilitate convergence with International Financial Reporting Standards (“IFRS”), FASB has decided to eliminate the option to present components of other comprehensive income as part of the statement of changes in shareholders’ equity.  Also, this amendment requires that all non-owner changes in shareholders’ equity be presented in a single continuous statement of comprehensive income or in two separate but consecutive statements.  This amendment is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011 and interim periods within these years (the fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012 for the Company) and is applied retrospectively.  On October 21, 2011, the FASB proposed a deferral of the requirement to present reclassifications of other comprehensive income on the face of the income statement. Companies would still be required to adopt all other requirements contained in the guidance. The adoption of these amended standards affected the presentation of other comprehensive income, as the Company has elected to present two separate but consecutive statements, but did not have an effect on its financial position or results of operations.

XML

SEGMENT INFORMATION

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

SEGMENT INFORMATION [Abstract]

SEGMENT INFORMATION

13.  SEGMENT INFORMATION

The Company operates in one business segment comprising of the design, development, manufacturing and marketing of high voltage analog and mixed signal integrated circuits.

A breakdown of the Company’s total sales to customers in the medical electronics, LED lighting,printer/EL,  telecom,and industrial/other markets for the years ended March 30, 2013, March 31, 2012, and April 2, 2011 are shown below (in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
Net Sales		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
Medical Electronics	$	23,773	$	26,363	$	30,193
Printers/EL		14,168		16,482		16,390
Industrial/Other		9,292		11,801		14,576
LED Lighting		8,234		6,624		13,327
Telecom		5,533		4,265		8,686
Total Net Sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172

The Company's principal markets are in Asia, the US, and Europe.  Below is a summary of net sales by major geographic area for the years ended March 30, 2013,  March 31, 2012 and April 2, 2011(in thousands):

	Fiscal Years Ended
Net Sales		March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012		April 2, 2011
United States	$	18,461	$	22,942	$	24,304
China		17,101		16,189		21,120
Korea		6,939		4,045		4,985
Europe		6,497		6,494		12,503
Singapore		6,326		8,743		8,140
Asia (excluding China, Korea and Singapore)		5,253		6,805		11,497
Other		423		317		623
Net Sales	$	61,000	$	65,535	$	83,172

Sales are attributed to geographic location based on product shipment destination location.

Property, plant and equipment, net by country was as follows (in thousands):

	March 30, 2013		March 31, 2012
United States	$	3,483	$	4,019
Hong Kong		851		922
Property, plant and equipment, net	$	4,334	$	4,941

XML

Document And Entity Information (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	May 31, 2013	Sep. 29, 2012
Document And Entity Information [Abstract]
Entity Registrant Name	Supertex Inc
Entity Central Index Key	0000730000
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--03-30
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		11,535,836
Entity Public Float			$ 176,534,586
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2013
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Document Type	10-K
Amendment Flag	false
Document Period End Date	Mar. 30, 2013
Trading Symbol	supx

XML

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

12 Months Ended

Mar. 30, 2013

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES [Abstract]

COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

14.COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Operating Leases

As part of the Company’s acquisition of a six-inch wafer fabrication operation in fiscal 1999, the Company assumed an operating lease for its manufacturing facility.  On April 16, 2010, the Board of Directors of the Company approved the amendment of the lease extending the lease term by five years, expiring on April 30, 2016 at a specified new rent schedule.  Beginning May 2011, the monthly rent was  $48,000 with a provision for an annual increase of approximately 3%  in each of the following five years.  The Company is responsible for maintenance costs, including property taxes, utilities, insurance and other costs. As of March 30, 2013, the Company had an asset retirement obligation of approximately $622,000 as a result of the provisions under this operating lease to restore the property to its original condition at the end of the lease period.The Company is accreting up to this liability over the related lease period, and as of March 30, 2013, the recorded liability which is included in other accrued liabilities amounts to $575,000.

The Company also leases a facility to house its operations in Hong Kong under an operating lease for the equivalent of approximately $19,900 per month exclusive of building maintenance fees, rates, taxes and other duties imposed by the government of Hong Kong upon the leased property.  The original lease for 23,600 square feet and a lease for additional space of 4,500 square feet were combined and renewed in November 2012. This lease covers three years from December 1, 2012 to November 30, 2015.  A lease for additional space of 10,000 square feet was renewed in August 2011and covers three years from October 1, 2011 to September 30, 2014. The Company has an option to renew all three of these Hong Kong leases for an additional three years.

The Company has other operating leases for its field sales offices in Shenzhen & Shanghai, China, Taiwan, Japan, and Korea expiring at various dates through fiscal year 2016.

Future minimum lease payments under all non-cancelable operating leases as of March 30, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Payment Due by Fiscal Year	Operating Lease
2014	$	908
2015		853
2016		784
2017		55
	$	2,600

Facilities rental expenses (net of sublease income) were approximately$1,086,000 in fiscal year 2013. Facilities rental expenses were  $1,070,000 in fiscal year 2012 and  $1,068,000in fiscal 2011.

Indemnification

As is customary in the Company’s industry, the Company has agreed to defend certain customers, distributors, suppliers, and subcontractors against certain claims, which third parties may assert that its products allegedly infringe certain of their intellectual property rights, including patents, trademarks, trade secrets, or copyrights.  The Company has agreed to pay certain amounts of any resulting damage awards and typically has the option to replace any infringing product with non-infringing product.  The terms of these indemnification obligations are generally perpetual from the effective date of the agreement.  In certain cases, there are limits on and exceptions to the Company’s potential liability for indemnification relating to intellectual property infringement claims.  The Company cannot estimate the amount of potential future payments, if any, that it might be required to make as a result of these agreements.  To date, the Company has not paid any damage award or been required to defend any claim related to its indemnification obligations, and accordingly, it has not accrued any amount for indemnification obligations.  However, there can be no assurance that the Company will not have any financial exposure under those indemnification obligations in the future.

Legal Proceedings

From time to time the Company is subject to possible claims or assessments from third parties arising in the normal course of business.  Management has reviewed such possible claims and assessments with legal counsel and believes that it is unlikely that they will result in a material adverse impact on the Company’s financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

XML

EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS (Narrative) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended									12 Months Ended					12 Months Ended			12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011	Mar. 30, 2013 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member]	Aug. 14, 2009 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member]	Aug. 17, 2007 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] Expiration From Grant Date [Member]	Aug. 17, 2001 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] Expiration From Grant Date [Member]	Aug. 17, 2007 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] Expiration From Termination Of Service [Member]	Aug. 17, 2001 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] Expiration From Termination Of Service [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] One Year After Vesting Start Date [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 2001 Stock Option Plan [Member] At The End Of Each Of The Following Four Years [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 2009 Equity Incentive Plan [Member]	Aug. 14, 2009 2009 Equity Incentive Plan [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 2009 Equity Incentive Plan [Member] Expiration From Grant Date [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 2009 Equity Incentive Plan [Member] One Year After Vesting Start Date [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 2009 Equity Incentive Plan [Member] At The End Of Each Of The Following Four Years [Member]	Aug. 14, 2009 2009 Equity Incentive Plan [Member] Maximum [Member]	Mar. 30, 2013 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Mar. 31, 2012 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]	Apr. 02, 2011 Employee Stock Purchase Plan [Member]
Profit sharing plan, expenses	$ 361,000	$ 463,000	$ 1,672,000
Percent of employer matching contribution vested	100.00%
Employe's matching contribution	158,000	182,000	179,000
Deferred compensation plan assets	9,673,000
Deferred compensation plan liabilities	9,673,000
Increase to number of shares available for issuance																		100,000
Increase to number of shares available for issuance as percentag of shares outstanding																		3.00%
Percentage of salary allowable to purchase shares under ESPP	20.00%
Purchase price percentage for ESPP	95.00%
Shares allowable for purchase during offering period under ESPP	500
Share-based compensation, shares issued in period																		6,025	8,369	7,422
Shares available for future issuance	1,532,640																	190,534
Number of shares available for grant					159,509													500,000
Shares reserved for issuance				2,000,000									1,000,000				1,599,909
Share-based compensation, expiration period						10 years	7 years	30 days	30 days					10 years
Vesting period				5 years						1 year	4 years	5 years			1 year	4 years
Percentage of shares vested										20.00%	20.00%				20.00%	20.00%
Prior forfeited shares available for grant													1,440,400
Weighted average fair value	$ 7.98	$ 7.88	$ 10.14
Intrinsic value of options outstanding				422,000								1,019,000
Intrinsic value of options exercisable				344,000								129,000
Total intrinsic value of options exercised	40,000	178,000	852,000
Options granted in period	87,500	374,580	285,040
Options granted in period, fair value	698,000	2,951,000	2,891,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation	3,531,000
Unrecognized stock-based compensation amortization period	1 year 8 months 19 days
Special dividend, amount per share	$ 1.00
Special dividend	$ 11,523,000

XML

COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES (Schedule Of Stock Repurchase Activity) (Details) (USD $)	12 Months Ended
	Mar. 30, 2013	Mar. 31, 2012	Apr. 02, 2011
COMMON STOCK REPURCHASES [Abstract]
Number of shares repurchased	498,000	901,000	273,000
Cost of shares repurchased	$ 8,673,000	$ 17,139,000	$ 6,267,000
Average price per share	$ 17.42	$ 19.02	$ 22.97